Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

i+can't+make+head+nor

  • 41 cosa

    f.
    1 thing (objeto, idea).
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?
    cualquier cosa anything
    no es gran cosa it's not important, it's no big deal
    poca cosa nothing much
    Una cosa propia de una joven, A girlish kind of thing
    2 funny remark (ocurrencia).
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: coser.
    * * *
    1 (gen) thing
    ■ coge tus cosas take your things, take your stuff
    ■ ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    2 (asunto) matter, business
    3 (nada) nothing, not anything
    1 familiar (manías) hang-ups
    \
    así están las cosas that's the way things are, that's how things stand
    como cosa tuya as if it were your idea
    como están las cosas as things stand
    como si tal cosa just like that
    cosa de about
    cosa nunca vista something surprising
    cosas de la vida that's life
    decir cuatro cosas to tell a few home truths
    es cosa de... (tiempo) it's time to... 2 (cuestión) it's a matter of...
    lo que son las cosas much to my surprise
    no sea cosa que... in case...
    no ser gran cosa not to be important
    no valer gran cosa not to be worth much
    ser cosa hecha familiar to be no sooner said than done
    ser poquita cosa familiar not to be much, not to amount too much
    cosas de negocios business matters
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) thing, object, stuff
    2) matter, affair
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=objeto) thing

    ¿qué es esa cosa redonda? — what's that round thing?

    no es otra cosa que una bolsa de plástico — it's nothing more than a plastic bag, it's just a plastic bag

    - es cosa fina
    2) [uso indefinido]

    ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    • o cosa así, 20 kilos o cosa así — 20 kilos or thereabouts

    • cualquier cosa — anything

    • gran cosa, el coche no vale gran cosa — the car isn't worth much

    como futbolista no es gran cosa — he's not a great footballer, he's not much of a footballer

    • poca cosa, lo qué recibieron a cambio fue poca cosa — they didn't get much in return, they got very little in return

    jugamos a las cartas, leemos y poca cosa más — we play cards, read and do little else o and that's about it

    • una cosa — something

    ¿me puedes decir una cosa? — can you tell me something?

    una cosa, se me olvidaba preguntarte por el precio — by the way, I forgot to ask you about the price

    en general está muy bien, solo una cosa... — on the whole, it's very good, there's just one thing...

    3) (=asunto)

    ¿has visto cosa igual? — did you ever see the like?

    ¡qué cosa más extraña! — how strange!

    esa es cosa vieja — so what's new?, that's ancient history

    ¡vaya una cosa! — well!, there's a thing!

    • la cosa es que... — the thing is (that)...

    la cosa está en considerar el problema desde otro ángulo — the thing to do o the trick is to consider the problem from another angle

    • no es cosa de broma o risa — it's no laughing matter

    • no sea cosa que — in case

    trae el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva — bring your umbrella in case it rains

    • otra cosa, no se hablaba de otra cosa — people talked about nothing else

    ¿hay otra cosa que pueda hacer? — is there anything else I can do?

    eso es otra cosa — that's another matter o thing (entirely)

    otra cosa es que la ley imponga 40 horas semanales para todos — it's another matter entirely for the law to oblige everyone to work 40 hours a week

    otra cosa sería si... — it would be quite another matter if...

    • cosa rara, y, cosa rara, nadie lo vio — and, oddly o funnily enough, nobody saw it

    como quien no quiere la cosa —

    como si tal cosa —

    le dije que había sido seleccionado para el trabajo y se quedó como si tal cosa — I told him he had got the job and he barely reacted

    4) (=nada)

    jamás he visto cosa semejante — I've never seen anything like it, I've never seen the like of it

    ¡no hay tal cosa! — nothing of the sort!

    5) pl cosas
    a) (=acciones, asuntos)

    ¡son cosas de Juan! — that's Juan all over!, that's just like Juan!

    ¡cosas de niños! — boys will be boys!

    ¡qué cosas dices! — you do say some silly things!

    ¡tienes unas cosas! — the things you say!

    • meterse en cosas de otros — to stick one's nose in other people's business

    b)

    • las cosas — (=situación) things

    así las cosas, se marchó de la reunión — at this point, she left the meeting

    ¡lo que son las cosas! — just imagine!, fancy that!

    6)

    • cosa de — [indicando tiempo] about

    7) ** [droga] hash *
    8) LAm [como conj]

    • cosa que, camina lento, cosa que no te canses — walk slowly so (that) you don't get tired

    no le digas nada, cosa que no se ofenda — don't say anything to him, that way he won't get offended, don't say anything to him in case he gets offended

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].
    Ex. A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.
    Ex. Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the ↑ (Up), ↓ (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex. I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    ----
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( objeto) thing

    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? — anything else?

    b) (acto, acción) thing

    no puedo hacer otra cosa — there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do

    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)... — what with one thing and another...

    c) ( al hablar)

    qué cosas dices! — really, what a thing to say!

    dime una cosa... — tell me something...

    oye, una cosa... — ( por cierto) by the way...

    d) (detalle, punto)
    e) (asunto, tema) thing

    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame — if you can't come for any reason, let me know

    esto no es cosa de broma/risa — this is no joke/no laughing matter

    la cosa es que... — the thing is that...

    2) cosas femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl)
    3) (situación, suceso)

    la cosa se pone negra/fea — things are starting to get unpleasant

    ¿cómo te van las cosas? — how are things?

    ¿cómo está la cosa? — ( cómo está la situación) how are things?; ( cómo estás) (Ven) how are you doing?

    lo que son las cosas! — well, well! o fancy that! (colloq)

    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual — I've never seen/heard anything like it

    cosa rara en él, se equivocó — he made a mistake, which is unusual for him

    esto es cosa de magia or de brujería — this is witchcraft!

    una cosa es ser bueno y otra ser el mejor — being good is one thing, but being the best is quite another

    4)
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia)

    tienes cada cosa! — the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía — don't worry, I'll handle it

    6) ( en locs)

    cosa de — (AmS fam) so as to

    cosa que — (AmS fam) so that

    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case; átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away; o cosa así or so; cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time; como quien no quiere la cosa casually; como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened; le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless; cosa de... (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes; es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go; está a cosa de dos kilómetros it's about two kilometers; darle cosa a alguien (fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny; me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money; decirle a alguien un par de or cuatro cosas (fam) to tell somebody a thing or two; no ser gran cosa (fam) to be nothing special (colloq); poca cosa: es muy poca cosa ( en apariencia) he's not much to look at; ( en personalidad) he's not up to much (colloq); queda algo pero poca cosa there's some left but not much; un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her; poner las cosas en su lugar or sitio to put o set the record straight; ser cosa hecha (CS) to be a foregone conclusion; ser/parecer otra cosa: esto es otra cosa!, ahora sí se oye this is more like it! you can hear it now; con ese peinado parece otra cosa she looks a new woman with that hairstyle; ¿invitas tú? eso es otra cosa! are you paying? oh well, that's different, then!; las cosas claras — I like to know where I stand

    * * *
    = thing, item, business [businesses, -pl.].

    Ex: A collection of medical books for the general public in a public library may deal with the same range of topics, but the indexing can probably be more broad than in a specialist index, and the terms used for the same thing may be different.

    Ex: Since only twenty or so items can be displayed on the screen at a time, the &\#8593; (Up), &\#8595; (Down), Page Up and Page Down keys are used to scroll through the listing.
    Ex: I think this whole business about whether punctuation is obtrusive or not is quite honestly not worth discussing.
    * aclarar las cosas = set + the record straight.
    * acostumbrarse a las cosas = get (back) into + the swings of things, things + grow on + Pronombre.
    * apostarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * arreglar las cosas = put + things right.
    * así son las cosas = that's they way things are.
    * a veces las cosas salen mal = shit happens.
    * cambiar las cosas desde dentro = change + things from the inside.
    * capaz de hacer cualquier cosa = capable of anything.
    * casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * complicar las cosas = make + things complex, add + salt to the wound, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * conjunto de cosas afines, el = whole schmier, the.
    * correr un velo sobre las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * cosa esencial = essential.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * cosa indeseable = beast.
    * cosa inútil = dead horse.
    * cosa que se inserta = insert.
    * cosas = stuff, matters, bits and pieces.
    * cosas buenas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + cambiar inesperadamente = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * cosas como = the likes of.
    * cosas de la casa = household chores.
    * cosa secundaria = accidentals.
    * cosas + empeorar = things + get worse, things + get rough.
    * cosas esenciales, las = basic essentials, the.
    * cosas este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * cosas inútiles = deadwood [dead wood].
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * cosas + mejorar = things + get better.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * cosas ricas = goodies [goody, -sing.].
    * cosas + salir bien = things + work out.
    * cosas transitorias, las = transient, the.
    * cosa superficial = accidentals.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * cualquier cosa = anything.
    * cualquier cosa que no sea = anything but.
    * cualquier otra cosa = anything else, whatever else.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar sentido a las cosas = meaning making.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * economizar en cosas importantes y derrochar en nimiedades = penny wise, pound foolish.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * empeorar las cosas = make + matters + worse, add + salt to the wound, make + things worse, add + salt to injury, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.
    * encontrar cosas comunes = find + common ground.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * enmarañar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * en otro orden de cosas = on another topic, as for, as regards, meanwhile, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * enredar las cosas = muddy + the waters.
    * entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * facilitar las cosas = make + things easier.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * gran cosa = big deal.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * haciendo cosas = up and about.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * llamar las cosas por su nombre = call + a spade a spade.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * mantener las cosas en marcha = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas en movimiento = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantener las cosas funcionando = keep + the ball rolling, keep + it rolling.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * mismísima cosa, la = very thing, the.
    * muchas otras cosas = much else.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * ni una cosa ni la otra = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * no conseguir ni una cosa ni otra = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * no pensar en otra cosa que = be wrapped up in.
    * no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.
    * no ser ni una cosa ni otra = fall between + two stools.
    * no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.
    * no + Verbo + otra cosa que = Verbo + nothing else but.
    * ocultar las cosas = sweep + things under the rug.
    * otra cosa = something else.
    * otra cosa que no sea = anything other than.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poca cosa = small fry, the.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * qué es cada cosa = what is what.
    * qué otra cosa = what else.
    * que se toma las cosas con calma = laid-back.
    * quitarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * recoger las cosas = clear away + the things.
    * recoger las cosas de Uno antes de irse = pack + Posesivo + things.
    * restarle importancia a las cosas = make + light of things.
    * sacar las cosas de quicio = blow + things (up) out of (all) proportion.
    * sensación de no ser ni una cosa ni la otra = in-betweenness.
    * ser capaz de hacer cualquier cosa por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tomarse las cosas a la ligera = make + light of things.
    * tomarse las cosas con calma = keep + a cool head, play it + cool.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * u otra cosa = or what not [whatnot].
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * y otras cosas = and things.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

    * * *
    A
    1 objeto
    2 acto, acción
    3 al hablar
    4 detalle, punto
    5 asunto, tema
    Compuestos:
    B
    1 pertenencias
    2 utensilios, equipo
    C situación, suceso
    D
    1 ocurrencia
    2 comportamiento típico
    E incumbencia
    F pene
    G marihuana
    H en locuciones
    A
    1 (objeto) thing
    cualquier cosa anything
    ¿alguna otra cosa? or ¿alguna cosa más? anything else?
    pon cada cosa en su sitio put everything in its place
    te he traído una cosita I've brought you a little something
    ¡pero qué cosa más bonita! ( fam); what a pretty thing!
    queda poca cosa there's hardly anything left
    lo tienen que operar de no sé qué cosa he has to have an operation for something or other, he has to have some sort of operation
    hay muchas cosas que ver there are lots of things to see, there's plenty to see
    2
    (acto, acción): no sé hacer otra cosa it's the only thing I know how to do
    lo siento pero no puedo hacer otra cosa I'm sorry but there's nothing else I can do o it's the only thing I can do
    me gusta hacer las cosas bien I like to do things properly
    no me gusta dejar las cosas a medias I don't like doing things by halves
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) se me pasó el tiempo volando with one thing and another the time just flew by
    me parece la cosa más natural del mundo I think that's absolutely normal o right
    3
    (al hablar): ¡qué cosas dices, hombre! really, what a thing to say! o you do say some strange ( o silly etc) things!
    dime una cosa ¿tú que piensas de todo esto? tell me, what do you make of all this?
    oye, una cosa … ¿qué vas a hacer esta noche? by the way … what are you doing tonight?
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you
    4
    (detalle, punto): aquí habría que aclarar una cosa importante there's an important point here that I ought to clear up
    aquí hay una cosa que no entiendo there's something here I don't understand
    5 (asunto, tema) thing
    tenía cosas más importantes en que pensar I had more important things to think about
    hay un par de cosas que me gustaría discutir contigo there are a couple of things o matters I'd like to discuss with you
    no creo que la cosa funcione I don't think it's o this is going to work
    está muy preocupada, y la cosa no es para menos she's very worried, and so she should be
    ¡pues sí que tiene gracia la cosa! ( iró fam); well, that's great, isn't it! ( iro colloq)
    no va a ser cosa fácil it's not going to be easy
    en mis tiempos casarse era cosa seria in my day getting married was a serious thing o matter
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir, avísame if you can't come for any reason, let me know
    por una cosa o por otra, siempre llega tarde for one reason or other he always arrives late
    esto no es cosa de broma/risa this is no joke, this is no laughing matter
    la cosa es que no voy a tener tiempo the thing is that o it's just that I'm not going to have time
    la cosa es que si no llega en cinco minutos me voy look o well, if he's not here in five minutes, I'm going
    Compuestos:
    ( Der) res judicata
    res publica
    1 (pertenencias) things (pl)
    se ha llevado todas sus cosas she's taken all her things o belongings
    2 ( fam) (utensilios, equipo) things (pl) ( colloq)
    las cosas de limpiar the cleaning things
    mis cosas de deporte my sports things o gear ( colloq)
    C
    (situación, suceso): así están las cosas that's how things are o stand
    la cosa se pone negra/fea things are getting o the situation is getting unpleasant
    ¿cómo te van las cosas? how are things?
    ¿cómo está la cosa? ( Ven); how are things?
    las cosas no andan muy bien entre ellos things aren't too good between them
    esas cosas no pasaban antes things like that never used to happen before
    son cosas de la vida that's life!
    ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well! o fancy that! ( colloq)
    son cosas que pasan that's the way things go, these things happen
    además, las cosas como son, conmigo siempre se ha portado bien besides, I have to admit he's always treated me well
    en mi vida he visto/oído cosa igual I've never seen/heard anything like it
    cosa rara en él, se equivocó he made a mistake, which is unusual for him
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    no hay tal cosa it's not true at all
    esto parece cosa de magia or de brujería or ( RPl) de Mandinga this is witchcraft!
    una cosa es que te lo preste y otra muy distinta que te lo regale lending it to you is one thing, but giving it to you is another matter altogether
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (ocurrencia): ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you think of!, the ideas you come up with!
    díselo como si fuera cosa tuya tell him as if it were your idea
    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea
    ¡qué va a ser peligroso! eso son cosas de ella of course it isn't dangerous! that's just one of her funny notions o ideas
    2
    (comportamiento típico): no te preocupes, son cosas de niños don't worry, children are like that o do things like that
    E
    (incumbencia): no te metas, no es cosa tuya stay out of it, it's none of your business
    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    eso es cosa de mujeres that's women's work
    déjalo que se vista como quiera, eso es cosa suya let him wear what he wants, it's up to him o that's his business
    F ( euf) (pene) thing ( euph)
    G ( Col arg) (marihuana) grass
    H
    (en locuciones): cosa de ( AmS fam); to, so as to
    me fui a dormir cosa de olvidarme I went to bed (so as) to forget about it
    cosa que ( AmS fam); so that
    lo anotaré aquí, cosa que no se me olvide I'll jot it down here so (that) I don't forget
    no sea or no vaya a ser cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case it rains
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away
    mejor vamos ahora, no sea cosa que nos quedemos sin entradas we'd better go now, we don't want to get there and find there are no tickets left
    igual cosa ( Chi): tuvo un hijo varón, igual cosa su hermana she had a baby boy, and so did her sister o just like her sister
    dos horas/diez toneladas o cosa así two hours/ten tons or so
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time
    como quien no quiere la cosa: menciónaselo como quien no quiere la cosa mention it to him casually o in passing, just slip it into the conversation
    como si tal cosa: no puedes irte como si tal cosa you can't go just like that o as if nothing had happened
    le dije que era peligroso y siguió como si tal cosa I told him it was dangerous but he just carried on o he carried on regardless
    cosa de … ( fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes
    es cosa de esperar, nada más it's just a question o a matter of time, that's all
    hace cosa de cuatro años que murió it's about o it's some four years since he died
    no está muy lejos, cosa de dos kilómetros it's not very far, about two kilometers
    cosa fina ( Esp fam): los trenes en este país son cosa fina the trains in this country are really something o are something else ( colloq)
    nos divertimos cosa fina we had a whale of a time ( colloq)
    darle cosa a algn ( fam): me da cosa comer caracoles/ver sangre eating snails/the sight of blood makes me feel funny
    me da cosa pedirle tanto dinero I feel awkward asking him for so much money
    decirle a algn un par de or cuatro cosas ( fam); to tell sb a thing or two
    decir una cosa por otra to say one thing but mean another
    gran cosa ( fam): la comida no fue gran cosa the food was nothing to write home about o nothing special ( colloq)
    su novio/la película no es or vale gran cosa her boyfriend/the movie is no great shakes ( colloq)
    poca cosa: es un niño delgado y poquita cosa he's a thin child, not much to look at
    ella tan brillante y él tan poca cosa she's so brilliant and he's so mediocre, she's so brilliant but he's not up to much o he's pretty run-of-the-mill ( colloq)
    le dejó algo de dinero, pero poca cosa she left him some money, but not a vast amount o not much
    un trabajo así es muy poca cosa para ella a job like that isn't good enough for her
    poner las cosas en su sitio or lugar to put o set the record straight
    ser cosa hecha (CS); to be a foregone conclusion
    ser/parecer otra cosa: ¡esto es otra cosa!, ahora si que se oye bien this is much better! o this is more like it! you can hear it really well now
    con ese nuevo peinado ya parece otra cosa with her new hairstyle she looks a new woman
    ¡eso es otra cosa! si tú invitas sí que voy ah, that's different! o ( colloq) that's another kettle of fish! if you're paying, I will go
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso I like to know where I stand
    * * *

     

    Del verbo coser: ( conjugate coser)

    cosa es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cosa    
    coser
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 ( en general) thing;

    ¿alguna otra cosa? anything else?;
    pon cada cosa en su lugar put everything in its place;
    entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s) … what with one thing and another …;
    ¡qué cosas dices! really, what a thing to say!;
    dime una cosa … tell me something …;
    tengo que contarte una cosa there's something I have to tell you;
    fue cosa fácil it was easy;
    se enfada por cualquier cosa he gets angry over the slightest thing;
    si por cualquier cosa no puedes venir if you can't come for any reason;
    por una cosa o por otra for one reason or another;
    esto no es cosa de risa/broma this is no laughing matter/no joke
    2
    ◊ cosas sustantivo femenino plural ( pertenencias) things (pl);

    mis cosas de deporte my sports things
    3 (situación, suceso):
    ◊ así están las cosas that's how things are o stand;

    la cosa se pone fea things are starting to get unpleasant;
    ¿cómo (te) van las cosas? how are things?;
    son cosas de la vida that's life!;
    ¡qué cosa más extraña! how strange o funny!
    4
    a) (fam) ( ocurrencia):

    ◊ ¡tienes cada cosa! the things you come up (AmE) o (BrE) out with!;

    esto es cosa de tu padre this is your father's doing o idea


    son cosas de Ana that's one of Ana's little ways
    5 ( asunto):

    no te preocupes, eso es cosa mía don't worry, I'll handle it
    6 ( en locs)
    ◊ cosa de (AmS fam) so as to;

    cosa de terminarlo so as to finish it;
    cosa que (AmS fam) so that;
    cosa que no me olvide so that I don't forget;
    no sea cosa que: llévate el paraguas, no sea cosa que llueva take your umbrella just in case;
    átalo, no sea cosa que se escape tie it up so that it doesn't get away;
    ser cosa de … (fam): es cosa de unos minutos it'll (only) take a couple of minutes;
    es cosa de intentarlo you just have to give it a go
    coser ( conjugate coser) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹ dobladillo› to sew;

    ‹ botón› to sew on;
    ‹ agujero› to sew (up);

    b) ‹ herida› to stitch

    verbo intransitivo
    to sew
    cosa sustantivo femenino
    1 thing: no hay otra cosa que comer, there's nothing else to eat
    2 (asunto) matter, business: es cosa mía, that's my business
    eso es otra cosa, that's different
    no hay cosa más importante que tu felicidad, there is nothing more important than your happiness
    2 cosas, (asuntos) affairs
    cosas de chiquillos, kids' stuff
    cosas de mayores, grown-up stuff
    ¡cosas de la vida!, that's life!
    3 (ocurrencias) ¡qué cosas tienes!, what a weird idea!
    ♦ Locuciones: el apartamento no es gran cosa, the apartment is not up to much
    lo que son las cosas, would you believe it
    no he visto cosa igual, I've never seen anything like it
    decir cuatro cosas, to tell a few home truths
    ser cosa de, to be a matter of: es cosa de tener paciencia, it's a matter of patience
    (como) cosa de, about: hace (como) cosa de una hora, about an hour ago
    coser verbo transitivo
    1 to sew
    2 Med to stitch up
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar es coser y cantar, it's a piece of cake
    ' cosa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absurda
    - absurdo
    - arder
    - bicoca
    - carroña
    - chisme
    - chollo
    - como
    - conformarse
    - consigo
    - cual
    - cualquier
    - cualquiera
    - cuidada
    - cuidado
    - cuya
    - cuyo
    - debilidad
    - dejar
    - él
    - ella
    - esmerada
    - esmerado
    - exquisitez
    - frivolidad
    - indemne
    - la
    - le
    - limitarse
    - mamarrachada
    - más
    - menuda
    - menudo
    - mía
    - mío
    - muchachada
    - nada
    - niñería
    - novedad
    - pedir
    - pegajosa
    - pegajoso
    - pegote
    - pillar
    - plantar
    - preciosidad
    - preguntar
    - presidir
    - prodigio
    - propia
    English:
    absence
    - annoyance
    - anything
    - arrival
    - article
    - attraction
    - available
    - awkward
    - blissful
    - bore
    - brittle
    - bulk
    - certainty
    - clip
    - clumsy
    - come across
    - commonplace
    - compromise
    - confuse
    - connection
    - convenient
    - dead wood
    - deficiency
    - defunct
    - demise
    - discreet
    - disposable
    - ditch
    - drag
    - dream
    - else
    - escape
    - fall off
    - film
    - get back
    - gullible
    - helpful
    - hulk
    - invention
    - joke
    - laugh
    - lemon
    - liable
    - lodge
    - love
    - lust
    - misplaced
    - more
    - necessity
    - need
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [objeto, idea] thing;
    comprar unas cosas en el mercado to buy a few things at the market;
    alguna cosa anything;
    ¿quieres alguna cosa? is there anything you want?;
    ¿quiere usted alguna otra cosa o [m5] alguna cosa más? do you want anything else?;
    cualquier cosa anything;
    venden recuerdos, postales y cosas así they sell souvenirs, postcards and so on o and the like;
    una cosa, ¿podrías venir mañana? by the way, could you come tomorrow?;
    escucha, una cosa, ¿por qué no te quedas esta noche? listen, I've an idea, why don't you stay here tonight?;
    tengo que decirte una cosa I've got something to tell you;
    dime una cosa, ¿qué opinas de ella? tell me (something), what do you think of her?;
    es la cosa más natural del mundo it's the most natural thing in the world, it's completely normal;
    ¡esas cosas no se dicen! you mustn't say things like that!;
    ¡esas cosas no se hacen! it just isn't done!;
    este vino es cosa fina this wine is good stuff;
    ¡habráse visto cosa igual! have you ever seen the like of it!;
    fue una cosa nunca vista it was really out of the ordinary;
    no hay tal cosa on the contrary;
    ¡qué cosa! how strange!;
    ¡qué cosa más o [m5] tan extraña! how strange!;
    no te preocupes, no es gran cosa don't worry, it's not important o it's no big deal;
    este cuadro no vale gran cosa this painting isn't up to much;
    te han dejado poca cosa they haven't left you much, they've hardly left you anything;
    un bocadillo es poca cosa para un chico tan voraz como él a sandwich is very little for a hungry boy like him;
    nos hemos comprado un apartamento, muy poquita cosa we've bought Br a flat o US an apartment, but it's nothing fancy;
    es guapo, pero muy poquita cosa he's good-looking, but he hasn't got much of a body;
    decir cuatro cosas a alguien: cuando lo vea le voy a decir cuatro cosas when I next see him I'm going to give him a piece of my mind;
    llamar a las cosas por su nombre [hablar sin rodeos] to call a spade a spade;
    llamemos a las cosas por su nombre,… let's be honest about it,…
    2. [asunto]
    tengo muchas cosas que hacer I've got a lot (of things) to do;
    entre unas cosas y otras what with one thing and another;
    por unas cosas o por otras, no nos quedó tiempo de escribirte for one reason or another we didn't have time to write to you;
    la cosa es que ahora no quiere firmar el contrato the thing is she doesn't want to sign the contract any more;
    está muy enfadada, y la cosa no es para menos, le han robado el coche she's very angry and with good reason, she's had her car stolen;
    cada cosa a su tiempo one thing at a time;
    no me preguntes por qué no queda comida, es cosa de los niños don't ask me why there's no food left, ask the children;
    esto es cosa de magia, estoy seguro de que ayer lo dejé aquí this is most strange, I could swear I left it here yesterday;
    no es cosa de risa it's no laughing matter;
    eso de cambiar de trabajo es cosa de pensárselo changing jobs is something you need to think about carefully;
    es cosa de tener paciencia it's a question of being patient;
    no era cosa de presentarse sin avisar you couldn't just turn up without warning;
    con el ambiente de seriedad que había, no era cosa de contar un chiste given the seriousness of the atmosphere, it was neither the time nor the place to tell a joke;
    eso es cosa mía that's my affair o business;
    no te metas en la discusión, que no es cosa tuya you keep out of the argument, it's none of your business;
    eso es cosa fácil that's easy;
    convencerle no será cosa fácil it won't be easy o it'll be no easy task to convince him;
    esto es cosa seria this is a serious matter;
    eso es otra cosa that's another matter;
    ¡eso es otra cosa!, esa camisa te sienta mucho mejor that's more like it, that shirt suits you much better!
    3. [situación]
    las cosas no van muy bien últimamente things haven't been going very well recently;
    …y así es como están las cosas …and that's how things are at the moment;
    ¿cómo van las cosas? how are o how's things?;
    estas cosas no pasarían si fuéramos más cuidadosos these things wouldn't happen if we were more careful;
    Fam
    la cosa se pone fea things are getting ugly, there's trouble brewing;
    Fam
    la cosa está que arde things are reaching boiling point
    Fam
    las cosas de palacio van despacio these things usually take some time;
    4. [ocurrencia] funny remark;
    se le ocurren cosas graciosísimas she comes out with some really funny stuff o remarks;
    ¡qué cosas tienes! you do say some funny things!
    5. [comportamiento]
    son cosas de mamá that's just the way Mum is, that's just one of Mum's little idiosyncrasies;
    no les riñas, son cosas de niños don't tell them off, children are like that;
    tenemos que aceptar su muerte, son cosas de la vida we have to accept her death, it's one of those things (that happen)
    6. [en frases negativas] [nada]
    no hay cosa peor que la hipocresía there's nothing worse than hypocrisy;
    no hay cosa que me reviente más que su falta de interés there's nothing (that) annoys me more than her lack of interest, what annoys me most is her lack of interest
    7. Fam [reparo]
    me da cosa decírselo I'm a bit uneasy about telling him;
    el olor a hospital me da cosa the smell of hospitals makes me feel uneasy
    8. Méx [genitales] packet, Br lunchbox
    9. Comp
    o cosa así: [m5] tendrá treinta años o cosa así he must be thirty or thereabouts;
    (como) cosa de [aproximadamente] about;
    tardará (como) cosa de tres semanas it'll take about three weeks;
    a cosa hecha: se presentó al examen a cosa hecha he took o Br sat the exam convinced he would pass;
    hacer algo como quien no quiere la cosa [disimuladamente] to do sth innocently;
    [sin querer] to do sth almost without realizing it;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    ser cosa de oír/ver: las declaraciones del ganador son cosa de oír the winner's remarks are worth hearing;
    esta exposición es cosa de ver this exhibition is really worth seeing;
    Esp Fam
    cosa mala: me apetece ver esa película cosa mala I'm dying to see that movie o Br film, Br I want to see that film something chronic;
    está lloviendo cosa mala it's pouring down, Br it's chucking it down;
    me gusta cosa mala I fancy the pants off her, Br I fancy her something chronic;
    Fam
    a otra cosa, mariposa that's enough about that, let's change the subject;
    es cosa rara que se equivoque it's very rare for her to make a mistake;
    no ha llegado todavía, cosa rara porque siempre es muy puntual he hasn't arrived yet, which is strange, as he's usually very punctual;
    ni cosa que se le parezca nor anything of the kind;
    no sea cosa que: ten cuidado, no sea cosa que te vayas a caer be careful or you'll fall;
    se lo diré yo, no sea cosa que se vaya a enterar por otra persona I'll tell him because I wouldn't want him to find out from somebody else;
    no ser cosa del otro mundo o [m5] del otro jueves to be nothing special;
    Fam
    las cosas claras y el chocolate espeso stop beating around the bush, tell me things as they are;
    las cosas como son, nunca vas a aprobar ese examen let's face it, you're never going to pass that exam;
    ¡lo que son las cosas! it's a funny old world!;
    ♦ cosas nfpl
    [pertenencias, utensilios] things;
    tras su muerte, metieron sus cosas en un baúl after his death, they put his things o belongings in a trunk;
    ¿dónde guardas las cosas de pescar? where do you keep your fishing things o tackle?
    * * *
    f thing;
    ¿sabes una cosa? do you know something?;
    alguna cosa something;
    ser cosa fina be really something fam, be something else fam ;
    son cosas que pasan these things happen;
    son cosas de la vida that’s life;
    entre otras cosas among other things;
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened;
    decir a alguien cuatro cosas give s.o. a piece of one’s mind;
    eso es otra cosa that’s another matter;
    ¿qué pasa? – poca cosa what’s new? – nothing much;
    cosa de about;
    hace cosa de un año about a year ago;
    le dijo que había ganado la lotería como quien no quiere la cosa he told her that he had won the lottery as though it happened to him every day;
    este pintor no es gran cosa he’s not much of a painter;
    no hay tal cosa there’s no such thing;
    ¡qué cosa! that’s odd o strange!;
    lo que son las cosas well, well!, imagine that!;
    cosa rara oddly enough, strangely enough;
    son cosas de Juan that’s typical of Juan, that’s Juan all over
    * * *
    cosa nf
    1) : thing, object
    2) : matter, affair
    3)
    otra cosa : anything else, something else
    * * *
    cosa n
    1. (en general) thing
    2. (algo) something
    ¿quieres comer alguna cosa? do you want something to eat?
    3. (nada) nothing
    4. (asunto) affair / matter
    ¡no te metas en mis cosas! don't interfere in my affairs!
    no ser gran cosa to be nothing much / not to be important

    Spanish-English dictionary > cosa

  • 42 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 43 afirmar

    v.
    1 to say, to declare.
    afirmó que… he stated that…
    afirmó haber hablado con ella he said o stated that he had talked to her
    2 to reinforce.
    3 to agree, to consent.
    afirmar con la cabeza to nod (in agreement)
    4 to affirm, to declare, to assure, to state.
    Ricardo afirma su inocencia Richard affirms his innocence.
    Elsa le afirma a Ricardo Elsa assures Richard.
    5 to make firm, to base, to brace, to anchor.
    Esos tornillos afirman la estructura Those screws make the structure firm.
    6 to claim to, to allege to.
    El chico afirma ser de Perú The boy claims to be from Peru.
    * * *
    1 (afianzar) to strengthen, reinforce
    2 (aseverar) to state, say, declare
    1 (asentir) to assent
    1 (ratificarse) to maintain (en, -)
    * * *
    verb
    to affirm, assert
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=reforzar) to make secure, strengthen
    2) (=declarar) to assert, state; [+ lealtad] to declare, protest
    3) LAm [+ golpe] to deal, give
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( aseverar) to state, declare, assert (frml)
    2) < escalera> to steady
    2. 3.
    afirmarse v pron
    a) ( físicamente) to steady oneself

    afirmarse en algo/alguien — to hold on to something/somebody

    b) (ratificarse, consolidarse)

    se afirmó en su posición/en lo que había dicho — she reaffirmed her stance/her previous statement

    * * *
    = affirm, contend, maintain, make + statement, make + the claim, state, submit, aver, assert, hold, make + claim.
    Ex. This move has probably affirmed the future of DC.
    Ex. The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.
    Ex. They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex. Members of the audience were invited to ask questions, make statements, and express themselves freely.
    Ex. Within their own ranks most librarians have been calling themselves professionals since Melvil Dewey make the claim.
    Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.
    Ex. I submit that no ordinary, right-minded library user who is looking for Western Behavioral Institute is going to look under LA JOLLA, California.
    Ex. It is, he has has averred, a discipline of its own and can be treated as such.
    Ex. Dialog is being injured and will continue to be injured if the American Chemical Society continues to assert falsely that Dialog is underpaying royalties.
    Ex. Some theorists hold that one stage must be completely worked through before the next stage can be entered.
    Ex. The claim is made that society is evolving from one whose formal communication patterns have, for centuries, been based primarily on print on paper to one in which communication channels will be largely paperless (electronic).
    ----
    * afirmar categóricamente = claim, make + a bold statement.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( aseverar) to state, declare, assert (frml)
    2) < escalera> to steady
    2. 3.
    afirmarse v pron
    a) ( físicamente) to steady oneself

    afirmarse en algo/alguien — to hold on to something/somebody

    b) (ratificarse, consolidarse)

    se afirmó en su posición/en lo que había dicho — she reaffirmed her stance/her previous statement

    * * *
    = affirm, contend, maintain, make + statement, make + the claim, state, submit, aver, assert, hold, make + claim.

    Ex: This move has probably affirmed the future of DC.

    Ex: The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.
    Ex: They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex: Members of the audience were invited to ask questions, make statements, and express themselves freely.
    Ex: Within their own ranks most librarians have been calling themselves professionals since Melvil Dewey make the claim.
    Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.
    Ex: I submit that no ordinary, right-minded library user who is looking for Western Behavioral Institute is going to look under LA JOLLA, California.
    Ex: It is, he has has averred, a discipline of its own and can be treated as such.
    Ex: Dialog is being injured and will continue to be injured if the American Chemical Society continues to assert falsely that Dialog is underpaying royalties.
    Ex: Some theorists hold that one stage must be completely worked through before the next stage can be entered.
    Ex: The claim is made that society is evolving from one whose formal communication patterns have, for centuries, been based primarily on print on paper to one in which communication channels will be largely paperless (electronic).
    * afirmar categóricamente = claim, make + a bold statement.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.

    * * *
    afirmar [A1 ]
    vt
    A (aseverar) to state, declare, assert ( frml)
    afirmó haberla visto allí he stated o said o declared o asserted that he had seen her there
    no afirmó ni negó que fuera así she neither confirmed nor denied that this was the case
    B ‹escalera› to steady
    ■ afirmar
    vi
    (físicamente) to steady oneself
    la necesidad de afirmarse como persona the need to assert oneself
    * * *

     

    afirmar ( conjugate afirmar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( aseverar) to state, declare, assert (frml);

    2 ‹ escalera› to steady
    verbo intransitivo:

    afirmarse verbo pronominal ( físicamente) to steady oneself;
    afirmarse en algo/algn to hold on to sth/sb
    afirmar verbo transitivo
    1 (manifestar) to state, declare
    2 (apuntalar, consolidar) to strengthen, reinforce

    ' afirmar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    decir
    - mantener
    - sacudir
    - señalar
    English:
    affirm
    - assert
    - claim
    - obvious
    - profess
    - protest
    - state
    - allege
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [decir] to say, to declare;
    afirmó que… he said o stated that…;
    afirmó haber hablado con ella he said o stated that he had talked to her
    2. [reforzar] to reinforce
    ♦ vi
    [asentir] to agree, to consent;
    afirmó con la cabeza she nodded (in agreement)
    * * *
    v/t state, declare;
    * * *
    1) : to state, to affirm
    2) reforzar: to make firm, to strengthen
    * * *
    afirmar vb to state / to say [pt. & pp. said]
    afirmar con la cabeza to nod your head [pt. & pp. nodded]

    Spanish-English dictionary > afirmar

  • 44 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 45 sentir

    m.
    feelings, sentiments.
    v.
    1 to feel.
    sentimos mucha alegría/pena al enterarnos we were very happy/sad when we found out
    sin sentir without noticing
    Yo siento amargura I feel=sense bitterness.
    Ella siente también She feels, too.
    Yo sentí a Ricardo con mi mano I felt Richard with my hand.
    2 to regret, to be sorry about.
    sentimos mucho la muerte de su amigo we deeply regret the death of your friend
    siento que no puedas venir I'm sorry you can't come
    siento haberle hecho esperar sorry to keep you waiting
    lo siento (mucho) I'm (really) sorry
    3 to hear.
    4 to be sorry to, to feel sorry to.
    Yo siento irme I am sorry to go.
    5 to be sorry for.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ HERVIR], like link=hervir hervir
    1 (sentimiento) feeling
    2 (opinión) opinion, view
    1 (gen) to feel
    2 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about, feel sorry
    3 (oír) to hear
    ■ ¿sientes algo? can you hear anything?
    4 (presentir) to feel, think, have a feeling that
    1 to feel
    \
    dejarse sentir / hacerse sentir figurado to make itself felt
    en mi sentir in my opinion
    ¡lo siento! I'm sorry!
    sentirse como en casa to feel at home
    sentirse con ánimos de hacer algo to feel like doing something, feel up to doing something
    sentirse mal to feel ill
    sin sentir just like that
    * * *
    verb
    2) feel sorry, regret
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ emoción, sensación, dolor] to feel

    • dejarse sentir — to be felt

    • sentir hambre — to feel hungry

    • sentir pena por algn — to feel pity for sb, feel sorry for sb

    • sentir sed — to feel thirsty

    2) (=percibir) to sense
    3) [con otros sentidos]
    a) (=oír) to hear
    b) esp LAm [+ olor] to smell; [+ sabor] to taste

    ¿sientes el olor a quemado? — can you smell burning?

    4) (=presentir)
    5) [+ música, poesía] to have a feeling for
    6) (=lamentar) to be sorry about, regret más frm

    siento informarle que no ha sido seleccionado — I'm sorry to tell you that you haven't been selected, I regret to inform you that you haven't been selected más frm

    siento molestarlo, pero necesito su ayuda — I'm sorry to bother you, but I need your help

    • lo siento — I'm sorry

    lo siento muchísimo, ¡cuánto lo siento! — I'm so sorry

    • sentir que... — to be sorry that...

    2.
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <dolor/pinchazo> to feel

    sentir hambre/frío/sed — to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) < emoción> to feel
    c) ( presentir)
    2)
    a) ( oír) <ruido/disparo> to hear
    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir)

    le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo — I can taste vanilla/garlic

    3) ( lamentar)

    lo siento en el alma — I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry

    2.
    sentirse v pron
    1) (+ compl) to feel

    ¿te sientes bien? — are you feeling o do you feel all right?

    me siento mal — I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well

    me siento enfermo/peor — I feel ill/worse

    2) (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt

    sentirse CON alguien — to be offended o upset with somebody

    II
    masculino ( sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl); (opinión, postura) feeling, view
    * * *
    = be sorry, sentiment, have + a feeling, regret.
    Ex. I'm sorry to have disappointed you.
    Ex. The song may have been forgotten but among library users the sentiment lingers on = Puede que la canción se haya olvidado pero entre los usuarios de bibliotecas el sentimiento perdura.
    Ex. She had, suddenly, a new feeling, like a tardy response to the stimulus of an unfamiliar drug.
    Ex. Sir Walter Greg also half regretted 'that 'bibliology' is past praying for' since it defined the study more precisely than the accepted word.
    ----
    * decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.
    * hacer sentir = make + feel.
    * hacer sentir bien = make + Nombre + feel good.
    * hacer sentir la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt.
    * hacer sentir mal = make + Nombre + feel bad.
    * hacer sentir orgulloso = make + Nombre + proud.
    * hacerse sentir = take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.
    * recortes presupuestarios + hacerse sentir = budget cut + bite.
    * sentir ansiedad = feel + anxiety.
    * sentir aversión por = have + aversion to.
    * sentir cierta aprensión (por) = be apprehensive (about).
    * sentir claustrofobia = feel + claustrophobic.
    * sentir daño = feel + hurt.
    * sentir el deseo de = have + an/the inclination to, get + the urge to.
    * sentir entusiasmo por = be enamoured of/with.
    * sentir envidia = feel + jealous.
    * sentir envidia de = be envious of.
    * sentir hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * sentir hormigueo en la piel = tingle.
    * sentir la inclinación de = be inclined to.
    * sentir la necesidad de = feel + need for, feel + the need to, get + the urge to.
    * sentir la sensación = feel.
    * sentir las ganas de = get + the urge to.
    * sentir lástima por = feel + sorry for, commiserate (with).
    * sentir la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * sentir los efectos de = feel + the effects of.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentir miedo = be in fear.
    * sentir motivación = have + motivation.
    * sentir obligación = feel + compulsion.
    * sentir pasión por = be passionate about.
    * sentir pena por = feel + sorry for.
    * sentir predilección por = be partial to.
    * sentir preferencia por = have + a preference for.
    * sentir que no tienen en cuenta a Alguien = feel + left out.
    * sentir remordimiento = feel + remorse.
    * sentir reticencia hacia = recoil.
    * sentirse = feel, feel + a sense of, feel like.
    * sentirse acorralado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * sentirse afligido = feel + hurt.
    * sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.
    * sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.
    * sentirse aislado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse aliviado = be relieved.
    * sentirse amenazado = feel + threatened.
    * sentirse atraído = be engaged.
    * sentirse atraído por = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to, take + a liking to, gravitate to(wards).
    * sentirse avergonzado = be ashamed, feel + embarrassed.
    * sentirse bien = feel + good, wellness, feel + right, get + high.
    * sentirse bien con Uno mismo = feel + right.
    * sentirse cansado = feel + tired.
    * sentirse cohibido = feel + shy.
    * sentirse cómodo con = be comfortable with.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * sentirse como flotando en las nubes = float on + air.
    * sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.
    * sentirse como pez en el agua = take to + Nombre + like ducks to water.
    * sentirse confortable = be at ease.
    * sentirse confuso = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * sentirse cortado = self-conscious.
    * sentirse culpable = feel + guilty.
    * sentirse culpable por = feel + guilt over.
    * sentir sed = be thirsty.
    * sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse desalentado = be discouraged.
    * sentirse descontento con = experience + dissatisfaction with.
    * sentirse desilusionado = become + chagrined.
    * sentirse destrozado = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * sentirse dolido = feel + hurt.
    * sentirse emocionado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse encantado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse excelente = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse fantástico = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sentirse halagado por = be complimented by.
    * sentirse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * sentirse identificado = hit it off.
    * sentirse ignorado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse importante = feel + important.
    * sentirse inclinado a = be inclined to.
    * sentirse incómodo = look + uncomfortable.
    * sentirse incómodo con = be uncomfortable with, feel + uncomfortable with.
    * sentirse indignado (por) = be indignant (at).
    * sentirse indispuesto = feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * sentirse integrado = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse intimidado = be in awe.
    * sentirse mal = feel + bad, feel under + the weather, be under the weather, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse mal con Uno mismo = feel + wrong.
    * sentirse mareado = feel + giddy, feel + dizzy.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.
    * sentirse ofendido = be aggrieved.
    * sentirse orgulloso = swell with + pride.
    * sentirse orgulloso de = be proud (of/to), take + pride in.
    * sentirse partícipe = sense of ownership.
    * sentirse perdido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * sentirse rechazado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse reconfortado = take + heart.
    * sentirse resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * sentirse sobrecogido = stand in + awe.
    * sentirse traicionado = feel + a sense of betrayal.
    * sentirse violento = look + uncomfortable.
    * sentirse violento por = be embarrassed at.
    * sentirse vivo = feel + alive.
    * sentir simpatía por = have + warm feelings towards.
    * sentir una emoción = feel + emotion.
    * sentir una sensación de = experience + sense of.
    * sentir un cosquilleo en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * sentir un escalofrío = experience + shiver.
    * sentir un impulso = have + an impulse.
    * sentir vergüenza = feel + embarrassed.
    * sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.
    * siento + Infinitivo = sorry + Infinitivo.
    * sin sentir ningún reparo = unashamed.
    * sin sentir vergüenza = shamelessly.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <dolor/pinchazo> to feel

    sentir hambre/frío/sed — to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) < emoción> to feel
    c) ( presentir)
    2)
    a) ( oír) <ruido/disparo> to hear
    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir)

    le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo — I can taste vanilla/garlic

    3) ( lamentar)

    lo siento en el alma — I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry

    2.
    sentirse v pron
    1) (+ compl) to feel

    ¿te sientes bien? — are you feeling o do you feel all right?

    me siento mal — I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well

    me siento enfermo/peor — I feel ill/worse

    2) (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt

    sentirse CON alguien — to be offended o upset with somebody

    II
    masculino ( sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl); (opinión, postura) feeling, view
    * * *
    = be sorry, sentiment, have + a feeling, regret.

    Ex: I'm sorry to have disappointed you.

    Ex: The song may have been forgotten but among library users the sentiment lingers on = Puede que la canción se haya olvidado pero entre los usuarios de bibliotecas el sentimiento perdura.
    Ex: She had, suddenly, a new feeling, like a tardy response to the stimulus of an unfamiliar drug.
    Ex: Sir Walter Greg also half regretted 'that 'bibliology' is past praying for' since it defined the study more precisely than the accepted word.
    * decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * hacer que Alguien se sienta a gusto = put + Nombre + at ease.
    * hacer sentir = make + feel.
    * hacer sentir bien = make + Nombre + feel good.
    * hacer sentir la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt.
    * hacer sentir mal = make + Nombre + feel bad.
    * hacer sentir orgulloso = make + Nombre + proud.
    * hacerse sentir = take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.
    * recortes presupuestarios + hacerse sentir = budget cut + bite.
    * sentir ansiedad = feel + anxiety.
    * sentir aversión por = have + aversion to.
    * sentir cierta aprensión (por) = be apprehensive (about).
    * sentir claustrofobia = feel + claustrophobic.
    * sentir daño = feel + hurt.
    * sentir el deseo de = have + an/the inclination to, get + the urge to.
    * sentir entusiasmo por = be enamoured of/with.
    * sentir envidia = feel + jealous.
    * sentir envidia de = be envious of.
    * sentir hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * sentir hormigueo en la piel = tingle.
    * sentir la inclinación de = be inclined to.
    * sentir la necesidad de = feel + need for, feel + the need to, get + the urge to.
    * sentir la sensación = feel.
    * sentir las ganas de = get + the urge to.
    * sentir lástima por = feel + sorry for, commiserate (with).
    * sentir la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * sentir los efectos de = feel + the effects of.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentir miedo = be in fear.
    * sentir motivación = have + motivation.
    * sentir obligación = feel + compulsion.
    * sentir pasión por = be passionate about.
    * sentir pena por = feel + sorry for.
    * sentir predilección por = be partial to.
    * sentir preferencia por = have + a preference for.
    * sentir que no tienen en cuenta a Alguien = feel + left out.
    * sentir remordimiento = feel + remorse.
    * sentir reticencia hacia = recoil.
    * sentirse = feel, feel + a sense of, feel like.
    * sentirse acorralado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * sentirse afligido = feel + hurt.
    * sentirse a gusto = feel + at home, be at ease.
    * sentirse a gusto con = be comfortable with.
    * sentirse aislado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse aliviado = be relieved.
    * sentirse amenazado = feel + threatened.
    * sentirse atraído = be engaged.
    * sentirse atraído por = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to, take + a liking to, gravitate to(wards).
    * sentirse avergonzado = be ashamed, feel + embarrassed.
    * sentirse bien = feel + good, wellness, feel + right, get + high.
    * sentirse bien con Uno mismo = feel + right.
    * sentirse cansado = feel + tired.
    * sentirse cohibido = feel + shy.
    * sentirse cómodo con = be comfortable with.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * sentirse como flotando en las nubes = float on + air.
    * sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.
    * sentirse como pez en el agua = take to + Nombre + like ducks to water.
    * sentirse confortable = be at ease.
    * sentirse confuso = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * sentirse cortado = self-conscious.
    * sentirse culpable = feel + guilty.
    * sentirse culpable por = feel + guilt over.
    * sentir sed = be thirsty.
    * sentirse de primera = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse desalentado = be discouraged.
    * sentirse descontento con = experience + dissatisfaction with.
    * sentirse desilusionado = become + chagrined.
    * sentirse destrozado = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * sentirse dolido = feel + hurt.
    * sentirse emocionado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse encantado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse en plena forma = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * sentirse excelente = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse fantástico = feel + tip-top.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sentirse halagado por = be complimented by.
    * sentirse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * sentirse identificado = hit it off.
    * sentirse ignorado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse importante = feel + important.
    * sentirse inclinado a = be inclined to.
    * sentirse incómodo = look + uncomfortable.
    * sentirse incómodo con = be uncomfortable with, feel + uncomfortable with.
    * sentirse indignado (por) = be indignant (at).
    * sentirse indispuesto = feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * sentirse integrado = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse intimidado = be in awe.
    * sentirse mal = feel + bad, feel under + the weather, be under the weather, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse mal con Uno mismo = feel + wrong.
    * sentirse mareado = feel + giddy, feel + dizzy.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * sentirse molesto = stir + uneasily, look + uncomfortable, feel + wrong.
    * sentirse molesto por = be embarrassed at.
    * sentirse ofendido = be aggrieved.
    * sentirse orgulloso = swell with + pride.
    * sentirse orgulloso de = be proud (of/to), take + pride in.
    * sentirse partícipe = sense of ownership.
    * sentirse perdido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * sentirse rechazado = feel + left out.
    * sentirse reconfortado = take + heart.
    * sentirse resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * sentirse sobrecogido = stand in + awe.
    * sentirse traicionado = feel + a sense of betrayal.
    * sentirse violento = look + uncomfortable.
    * sentirse violento por = be embarrassed at.
    * sentirse vivo = feel + alive.
    * sentir simpatía por = have + warm feelings towards.
    * sentir una emoción = feel + emotion.
    * sentir una sensación de = experience + sense of.
    * sentir un cosquilleo en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * sentir un escalofrío = experience + shiver.
    * sentir un impulso = have + an impulse.
    * sentir vergüenza = feel + embarrassed.
    * sentir vergüenza ajena = feel + embarrassed for + Nombre.
    * siento + Infinitivo = sorry + Infinitivo.
    * sin sentir ningún reparo = unashamed.
    * sin sentir vergüenza = shamelessly.

    * * *
    sentir1 [ I11 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹frío/calor/hambre/sed› to feel
    empecé a sentir hambre/frío a eso de medianoche I started to feel hungry/cold around midnight
    apenas sentí el pinchazo I hardly felt the prick of the needle
    sentí un dolor en el costado/un tirón en la pierna I felt a pain in my side/a tug at my leg
    2 ‹emoción› to feel
    es incapaz de sentir compasión por nadie he's incapable of feeling compassion for anyone
    sentimos una gran alegría cuando nos enteramos we were overjoyed when we found out
    nunca me hicieron sentir que estaba incomodando they never made me feel I was in the way
    lo hizo para que él sintiera celos she did it to make him feel jealous
    realmente sienten la música they play the music with great feeling
    3
    (presentir): sentí que nos iba a pasar algo I had a feeling something was going to happen to us
    4
    (experimentar consecuencias): los efectos de la crisis se dejarán sentir durante décadas the effects of the crisis will be felt for decades
    el descontento se hizo sentir pronto their discontent soon made itself felt
    nuestro departamento no ha sentido el cambio de director our department hasn't been affected by the change of director
    B
    1 (oír) to hear
    sentimos un ruido/un disparo/pasos we heard a noise/a shot/footsteps
    anoche te sentí llegar I heard you come in last night
    2
    ( esp AmL) (percibir) ‹olor/gusto› siento olor a gas/a quemado I can smell gas/burning
    le siento gusto a vainilla/ajo I can taste vanilla/garlic
    C
    (lamentar): sentí mucho la muerte de tu padre I was very sorry to hear of your father's death
    su muerte fue muy sentida his death was deeply mourned
    lo siento mucho I'm really sorry
    lo siento en el alma I'm terribly sorry, I'm so sorry
    no sabes cómo or cuánto lo siento I can't tell you how sorry I am
    sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her
    el director siente no poder recibirlo the director regrets that he is unable to see you ( frml)
    siento que te tengas que ir tan pronto I'm sorry you have to go so soon
    A (+ compl) to feel
    ¿te sientes bien? are you feeling o do you feel all right?
    me siento mal I don't feel well, I'm not feeling well
    me siento enfermo/peor I feel ill/worse
    como se sentía mejor se levantó she felt o was feeling better so she got up
    se sintió desfallecer she felt as if she were about to faint
    no tiene por qué sentirse ofendida/culpable she has no reason to feel hurt/guilty
    nos sentimos totalmente identificados con el personaje we can identify completely with the character
    me sentía vigilada I felt as if I was being watched
    B (Chi, Méx) (ofenderse) to be offended o hurt sentirse CON algn to be offended o upset WITH sb
    1 (sentimiento) feelings (pl), emotions (pl)
    2 (opinión, postura) feeling, view
    la encuesta refleja el sentir general the survey reflects the general feeling o view
    * * *

     

    sentir ( conjugate sentir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹dolor/pinchazo› to feel;

    ◊ sentir hambre/frío/sed to feel hungry/cold/thirsty

    b) ‹ emoción› to feel;


    sentir celos to feel jealous
    2
    a) ( oír) ‹ruido/disparo› to hear

    b) (esp AmL) ( percibir):


    le siento gusto a vainilla I can taste vanilla
    3 ( lamentar):

    sentí mucho no poder ayudarla I was very sorry not to be able to help her;
    ha sentido mucho la pérdida de su madre she has been very affected by her mother's death
    sentirse verbo pronominal
    1 (+ compl) to feel;

    no me siento con ánimos I don't feel up to it
    2 (Chi, Méx) ( ofenderse) to be offended o hurt;
    sentirse CON algn to be offended o upset with sb
    sentir
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 (juicio, opinion) opinion, view
    2 (sentimiento) feeling
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to feel
    sentir alegría/frío, to feel happy/cold
    te lo digo como lo siento, I speak my mind ➣ Ver nota en feel
    2 (oír, percibir) to hear: la sentí llegar de madrugada, I heard her come home in the small hours
    3 (lamentar) to regret, be sorry about: siento haberte enfadado, I'm sorry I made you angry
    ' sentir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abominar
    - acobardarse
    - acusar
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - aprecio
    - arrepentirse
    - cobrar
    - cogerse
    - curiosidad
    - despepitarse
    - embarazarse
    - estimar
    - gustar
    - identificarse
    - intriga
    - marearse
    - notar
    - palpar
    - profesar
    - rencor
    - resentirse
    - temer
    - tener
    - tocar
    - tributar
    - vergüenza
    - agradecer
    - ansia
    - apenar
    - chochear
    - cohibir
    - descomponer
    - lástima
    - náuseas
    - remordimiento
    - sienta
    - sintiera
    English:
    afraid
    - averse
    - care for
    - cringe
    - empathize
    - feel
    - rue
    - sense
    - sorry
    - bite
    - care
    - cold
    - deep
    - devoted
    - nauseous
    - presence
    - relieved
    - sentiment
    - shame
    - tingle
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [sentimientos] feelings
    2. Formal [opinión]
    me gustaría conocer su sentir sobre este tema I'd like to know your feelings o what you feel about this matter;
    el sentir popular public opinion
    ♦ vt
    1. [percibir, experimentar, notar] to feel;
    ¿no sientes calor con tanta ropa? aren't you hot with all those clothes on?;
    no siento los pies del frío que hace it's so cold I can't feel my feet;
    sentía cierta tensión en el ambiente I could sense o feel a degree of tension in the atmosphere;
    sentimos mucha alegría/pena al enterarnos we were very happy/sad when we found out;
    siempre dice lo que siente he always says what he thinks;
    los trabajadores hicieron sentir su disconformidad the workers made plain their disagreement;
    Méx
    sentir bonito/feo to feel well/unwell
    2. [lamentar] to regret, to be sorry about;
    sentimos mucho la muerte de su amigo we deeply regret the death of your friend;
    lo siento (mucho) I'm (really) sorry;
    no sabes cuánto lo siento I can't tell you how sorry I am;
    por él es por quien más lo siento it's him I'm really sorry for;
    siento que no puedas venir I'm sorry you can't come;
    siento no poder ayudarte I'm sorry I can't help you;
    siento haberle hecho esperar sorry to keep you waiting;
    sentimos mucho (tener que) comunicarle que… [en cartas] we regret to inform you that…
    3. [presentir] to sense;
    siento que hay algo que no va bien I have a feeling o I sense that something's not quite right
    4. [oír] to hear;
    sentí pasos I heard footsteps;
    no te sentí entrar I didn't hear you come in
    5. Am [olor, gusto]
    siento mal olor there's a bad smell;
    por el resfrío, no le siente gusto a la comida she can't taste the food because of her cold
    ♦ vi
    to feel;
    el frío ya se deja sentir you can really feel the cold now;
    la antipatía entre ellos aún se deja sentir the dislike between them is still noticeable;
    sin sentir without noticing
    * * *
    I m feeling, opinion;
    en mi sentir in my opinion
    II v/t
    1 feel;
    siento calor I feel hot
    2 ( percibir) sense;
    sin sentirlo llegar, acabar before I/we knew it
    :
    dejarse sentir make itself felt
    4
    :
    lo siento I’m sorry
    * * *
    sentir {76} vt
    1) : to feel, to experience
    no siento nada de dolor: I don't feel any pain
    sentía sed: he was feeling thirsty
    sentir amor: to feel love
    2) percibir: to perceive, to sense
    sentir un ruido: to hear a noise
    3) lamentar: to regret, to feel sorry for
    lo siento mucho: I'm very sorry
    sentir vi
    1) : to have feeling, to feel
    2)
    sin sentir : without noticing, inadvertently
    * * *
    sentir vb
    1. (en general) to feel [pt. & pp. felt]
    2. (lamentar) to be sorry
    3. (oír) to hear [pt. & pp. heard]

    Spanish-English dictionary > sentir

  • 46 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 47 comer

    v.
    no come carne casi nunca she hardly ever eats meat
    ¿qué hay de comer? what's for lunch?; (al mediodía) what's for dinner? (a noche)
    ¡a comer, chicos! lunch is/dinner's/etc ready, children!
    dar de comer to feed
    2 to take, to capture.
    me comió un alfil he took one of my bishops
    3 to eat up.
    les come la envidia they're eaten up with envy
    eso me come mucho tiempo that takes up a lot of my time
    * * *
    1 to eat
    2 (tomar) to have
    3 (color) to fade
    4 (corroer) to corrode
    5 figurado (gastar) to eat away; (combustible) to use, use up
    6 (en ajedrez) to take, capture
    1 (gen) to eat; (a mediodía) to have lunch, lunch; (por la noche) to have dinner, dine
    1 eating
    1 to eat
    2 figurado (saltarse) to omit; (párrafo) to skip; (palabra) to swallow
    3 (color) to fade
    4 (el mar, la tierra) to swallow
    \
    comer como un pajarito familiar not to eat enough to feed a sparrow
    comer como una lima / comer como un regimiento / comer por cuatro familiar to eat like a horse
    come con los ojos his (her, your, etc) eyes are bigger than his (her, your, etc) belly
    comerse a alguien a besos figurado to smother somebody with kisses
    comerse a alguien con los ojos figurado to look at somebody lovingly
    comerse algo con los ojos familiar to devour something with one's eyes
    comerse las uñas to bite one's nails
    ¿con qué se come eso? familiar what the heck is that?
    dar de comer to feed
    echar de comer (a los animales) to feed (the animals)
    me come la envidia figurado I'm green with envy
    no tener qué comer not to have enough to live on
    ser de buen comer to be a good eater
    sin comerlo ni beberlo familiar without having had anything to do with it
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ comida] to eat

    ¿quieres comer algo? — would you like something to eat?

    sin comerlo ni beberlo —

    sin comerlo ni beberlo, me vi envuelto en un caso de contrabando de drogas — without really knowing how, I found myself involved in a drug smuggling case

    coco I, 2), tarro 2)
    2) (=almorzar) to have for lunch, eat for lunch
    3) (=hacer desaparecer)

    • comer terreno, la derecha les está comiendo terreno — the right is gaining ground on them

    4) (=destruir, consumir)
    5) (=escocer)
    6) (Ajedrez) to take
    2. VI
    1) (=ingerir alimento) to eat

    ¿qué hay para comer? — what have we got to eat?, what is there to eat?

    ¡come y calla! — shut up and eat your food! *

    • comer de algo — (=tomar comida) to eat sth; (=vivir) to live off sth

    • comer fuera — to eat out

    comer con los ojos —

    siempre comes con o por los ojos — your eyes are bigger than your stomach

    2) (=tomar la comida principal) esp Esp [a mediodía] to have lunch; LAm [por la noche] to have dinner
    3)

    • dar de comer — to feed

    4) And
    ***
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar alimentos) to eat

    este niño no me come nada — (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq)

    comer como un sabañón or (Esp) una lima or (Méx) un pelón de hospicio — (fam) to eat like a horse

    b)

    darle de comer al gato/al niño — to feed the cat/the kid

    come y calla! — shut up and do as you're told

    2)
    a) ( tomar una comida) to eat

    salir a comer (fuera) — to go out for a meal, to eat out

    a comer! — lunch (o dinner etc) is ready!

    ¿qué hay de comer? — ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?; ( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?

    b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch, have dinner (BrE colloq)
    c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

    comemos a las nueve — we have o eat dinner at nine

    2.
    comer vt
    1) <fruta/verdura/carne> to eat

    ¿puedo comer otro? — can I have another one?

    mira el suéter, me lo comió la polilla — look at my sweater, the moths have been at it

    como un cáncer que le come las entrañas — (liter) like a cancer gnawing away at his insides

    ¿(y) eso con qué se come? — (Esp fam) what on earth's that? (colloq)

    3) (en ajedrez, damas) to take
    3.
    comerse v pron
    1) ( al escribir) <acento/palabra> to leave off; <línea/párrafo> to miss out; ( al hablar) < letra> to leave off; < palabra> to swallow
    2)
    a) (enf) < comida> to eat

    está para comérsela — (fam) she's really tasty (colloq)

    se lo come la envidia — he's eaten up o consumed with envy

    b) (fam) ( ser muy superior) to surpass, overshadow
    3) (enf) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
    a) acido/óxido to eat away (at); polilla/ratón to eat away (at)
    b) inflación/alquiler <sueldo/ahorros> to eat away at
    4) (Col fam) ( poseer sexualmente) to have (colloq)
    II
    masculino eating

    una persona de buen comer — someone who enjoys his/her food

    * * *
    = eat, graze (on), dine, munch, nosh.
    Ex. Even the fearsome shark knows enough not to drive away the pilot fish while it eats, nor does it make a meal of the pilot fish when food is scarce.
    Ex. Whereas, before, the land was dense with stately white pines, now apple, plum, pear, peach, and cherry orchards stood in regimented rows and cattle grazed peacefully.
    Ex. They drove from the airport to the restaurant where he was to dine with the president of the 'Friends of the Library' group.
    Ex. People engage in a wide range of activities in libraries, from lively dialog while munching sandwiches and sipping soda, to flirting and caressing, to the more traditional activities of reading and information searching.
    Ex. Several hundred fans noshed on gourmet sandwiches, pizza, pasta and fancy chips and dips.
    ----
    * comer a dos carrillos = stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * comer Algo para matar el gusanillo = eat + Comida + to keep + Nombre + going.
    * comer carroña = scavenging.
    * comer como una lima = eat like + a horse.
    * comer como un animal = eat like + an animal.
    * comer como una vaca = eat like + a horse.
    * comer como un pajarito = eat like + a bird.
    * comer como un sabañón = eat like + a horse.
    * comer con apetito = eat with + appetite.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * comer fuera = eat out.
    * comerse = make + a meal of, prey on/upon, chew up.
    * comerse Algo vivo = eat + Nombre + alive.
    * comerse con los ojos = ogle.
    * comerse el tarro = dwell on/upon.
    * comerse las uñas = bite + Posesivo + fingers, bite + Posesivo + fingernails.
    * comerse los restos de = scavenge.
    * comerse los restos dejados por otro = scavenge.
    * comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * descanso para comer = meal break.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * ganas de comer = appetite.
    * hora de comer = mealtime [meal time].
    * juntarse el hambre con las ganas de comer = made for each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * morder la mano del que + dar de comer = bite + the hand that feeds + Pronombre.
    * naranja de comer = eating orange.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * salir a comer = eat out.
    * ser muy delicado para comer = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy melindroso para comer = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy tiquismiquis para comer = be a picky eater.
    * sin comerlo ni beberlo = without having anything to do with it.
    * sin comérselo ni bebérselo = without having anything to do with it.
    * somos lo que comemos = we are what we eat.
    * tú te lo guisas, tú te lo comes = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar alimentos) to eat

    este niño no me come nada — (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq)

    comer como un sabañón or (Esp) una lima or (Méx) un pelón de hospicio — (fam) to eat like a horse

    b)

    darle de comer al gato/al niño — to feed the cat/the kid

    come y calla! — shut up and do as you're told

    2)
    a) ( tomar una comida) to eat

    salir a comer (fuera) — to go out for a meal, to eat out

    a comer! — lunch (o dinner etc) is ready!

    ¿qué hay de comer? — ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?; ( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?

    b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch, have dinner (BrE colloq)
    c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

    comemos a las nueve — we have o eat dinner at nine

    2.
    comer vt
    1) <fruta/verdura/carne> to eat

    ¿puedo comer otro? — can I have another one?

    mira el suéter, me lo comió la polilla — look at my sweater, the moths have been at it

    como un cáncer que le come las entrañas — (liter) like a cancer gnawing away at his insides

    ¿(y) eso con qué se come? — (Esp fam) what on earth's that? (colloq)

    3) (en ajedrez, damas) to take
    3.
    comerse v pron
    1) ( al escribir) <acento/palabra> to leave off; <línea/párrafo> to miss out; ( al hablar) < letra> to leave off; < palabra> to swallow
    2)
    a) (enf) < comida> to eat

    está para comérsela — (fam) she's really tasty (colloq)

    se lo come la envidia — he's eaten up o consumed with envy

    b) (fam) ( ser muy superior) to surpass, overshadow
    3) (enf) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
    a) acido/óxido to eat away (at); polilla/ratón to eat away (at)
    b) inflación/alquiler <sueldo/ahorros> to eat away at
    4) (Col fam) ( poseer sexualmente) to have (colloq)
    II
    masculino eating

    una persona de buen comer — someone who enjoys his/her food

    * * *
    = eat, graze (on), dine, munch, nosh.

    Ex: Even the fearsome shark knows enough not to drive away the pilot fish while it eats, nor does it make a meal of the pilot fish when food is scarce.

    Ex: Whereas, before, the land was dense with stately white pines, now apple, plum, pear, peach, and cherry orchards stood in regimented rows and cattle grazed peacefully.
    Ex: They drove from the airport to the restaurant where he was to dine with the president of the 'Friends of the Library' group.
    Ex: People engage in a wide range of activities in libraries, from lively dialog while munching sandwiches and sipping soda, to flirting and caressing, to the more traditional activities of reading and information searching.
    Ex: Several hundred fans noshed on gourmet sandwiches, pizza, pasta and fancy chips and dips.
    * comer a dos carrillos = stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * comer Algo para matar el gusanillo = eat + Comida + to keep + Nombre + going.
    * comer carroña = scavenging.
    * comer como una lima = eat like + a horse.
    * comer como un animal = eat like + an animal.
    * comer como una vaca = eat like + a horse.
    * comer como un pajarito = eat like + a bird.
    * comer como un sabañón = eat like + a horse.
    * comer con apetito = eat with + appetite.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * comer fuera = eat out.
    * comerse = make + a meal of, prey on/upon, chew up.
    * comerse Algo vivo = eat + Nombre + alive.
    * comerse con los ojos = ogle.
    * comerse el tarro = dwell on/upon.
    * comerse las uñas = bite + Posesivo + fingers, bite + Posesivo + fingernails.
    * comerse los restos de = scavenge.
    * comerse los restos dejados por otro = scavenge.
    * comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * descanso para comer = meal break.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * ganas de comer = appetite.
    * hora de comer = mealtime [meal time].
    * juntarse el hambre con las ganas de comer = made for each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * morder la mano del que + dar de comer = bite + the hand that feeds + Pronombre.
    * naranja de comer = eating orange.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * salir a comer = eat out.
    * ser muy delicado para comer = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy melindroso para comer = be a picky eater.
    * ser muy tiquismiquis para comer = be a picky eater.
    * sin comerlo ni beberlo = without having anything to do with it.
    * sin comérselo ni bebérselo = without having anything to do with it.
    * somos lo que comemos = we are what we eat.
    * tú te lo guisas, tú te lo comes = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

    * * *
    comer1 [E1 ]
    vi
    A
    no tengo ganas de comer I'm not hungry o I don't feel like eating anything
    no hay nada para comer there's nothing to eat
    este niño no me come nada ( fam); this child won't eat anything (I make for him) ( colloq)
    las palomas comían de su mano the pigeons were eating out of o from her hand
    el sueldo apenas si les alcanza para comer he hardly earns enough to feed them
    comer como un sabañón or ( Esp) una lima or ( Méx) un pelón de hospicio ( fam); to eat like a horse
    comer como un pajarito ( fam); to eat like a bird
    2
    dar de comer to feed
    todavía hay que darle de comer (en la boca) we still have to spoonfeed him
    darle de comer al gato to feed the cat
    tengo que darles de comer a los niños I have to get the kids something to eat, I have to feed the kids
    nos dieron de comer muy bien they fed us very well
    ni siquiera nos dieron de comer they didn't even give us anything to eat
    darle a algn de comer aparte ( fam); to treat sb with kid gloves
    B
    1
    (tomar una comida): todavía no hemos comido we haven't eaten yet, we haven't had lunch ( o dinner etc) yet
    hace mucho tiempo que no salimos a comer (fuera) we haven't been out for a meal o eaten out for ages
    ¿dónde comieron anoche? where did you go for dinner o have dinner last night?
    no queremos comer en el hotel we don't want to have our meals in the hotel o to eat at the hotel
    ¡niños, a comer! lunchtime ( o dinnertime etc), children!
    ¿qué hay de comer? (a mediodía) what's for lunch?; (por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?
    aquí se come muy bien the food here is very good
    donde comen dos, comen tres there's always room for one more at the table
    2 (esp Esp, Méx) (almorzar) to have lunch, have dinner ( BrE colloq)
    nos invitaron a comer they asked us to lunch
    3 ( esp AmL) (cenar) to have dinner
    comemos a las nueve we have o eat dinner at nine
    nos invitaron a comer they asked o invited us to dinner
    ■ comer
    vt
    A ‹fruta/verdura/carne› to eat
    como mucha fruta I eat a lot of fruit
    no puedo comer chocolate I can't have o eat chocolate
    come un poco de queso have a little cheese
    tienes que comer todo lo que te sirvan you must eat (up) everything they give you
    ¿puedo comer otro? can I have another one?
    no tienen qué comer they don't have anything to eat
    nadie te va a comer ( fam); nobody's going to bite your head off, nobody's going to eat you
    mira el suéter, me lo comió la polilla look at my sweater, the moths have been at it o it's really moth-eaten
    como un cáncer que le come las entrañas ( liter); like a cancer gnawing away at his insides
    sin comerlo ni beberlo or sin comerla ni beberla: me llevé el castigo sin comerlo ni beberlo I got punished even though I didn't have anything to do with it o any part in it
    ¿(y) eso con qué se come? ( fam); what on earth's that? ( colloq), what's that when it's at home? ( BrE colloq)
    B ( fam)
    (hacer desaparecer): ese peinado le come mucho la cara that hairstyle hides half her face
    estos zapatos me comen los calcetines my socks keep slipping down with these shoes
    estos gastos nos han empezado a comer los ahorros these expenses have started eating into our savings
    el alquiler me come la mitad del sueldo the rent swallows up half my salary, half my salary goes on the rent
    si seguimos así nos va a comer la mugre if we go on like this we'll be swallowed up by dirt
    C (en ajedrez, damas) to take
    A ‹acento/palabra›
    te has comido todos los acentos you've left off o forgotten o ( BrE) missed off all the accents
    me comí dos líneas I missed out o skipped two lines
    se comen la `s' final they don't pronounce the final `s', they leave off o drop the final `s'
    se come la mitad de las palabras he swallows o he doesn't pronounce half his words
    B
    1 ( enf) ‹comida› to eat
    cómetelo todo eat it all up
    se lo comió de un bocado he gulped it down in one go
    está para comérsela ( fam); she's really tasty ( colloq), she's a real dish ( colloq)
    no te comas las uñas don't bite your nails
    ¿se te ha comido la lengua el gato? ( fam); have you lost your tongue?, has the cat got your tongue? ( colloq)
    se lo come la envidia he's eaten up o consumed with envy
    se comió cuatro años de cárcel ( fam); he did four years in prison o inside ( colloq)
    comerse a algn vivo ( fam); to skin sb alive ( colloq)
    si se entera mi madre me come viva if my mother finds out she'll skin me alive o have my guts for garters o make mincemeat of me ( colloq)
    2 (estrellarse contra) ‹árbol/poste› to smash o crash into
    3 (ser muy superior) to surpass, overshadow
    nadando y corriendo, él se come a su hermano ( fam); he can beat his brother hollow at swimming and running ( colloq), he knocks spots off his brother when it comes to swimming and running ( colloq)
    C ( fam)
    (hacer desaparecer): el sol se ha ido comiendo los colores de la alfombra the sun has faded the colors in the carpet
    el mar se ha comido casi toda la arena the sea has washed away nearly all the sand
    el ácido se come el metal the acid eats into o eats away the metal
    el colegio de los niños se me come casi todo el sueldo almost all my salary goes on the children's school fees, the children's school fees eat up almost all of my salary
    eating
    una persona de buen comer someone who enjoys his/her food
    el arte del buen comer the art of good eating
    el comer es como el rascar, todo es cuestión de empezar once you start eating, you don't want to stop
    * * *

     

    comer ( conjugate comer) verbo intransitivo


    este niño no me come nada (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq);
    dar(le) de comer a algn (en la boca) to spoonfeed sb;
    darle de comer al gato/al niño to feed the cat/the kid;
    salir a comer (fuera) to go out for a meal, to eat out;
    ¿qué hay de comer? ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?;

    ( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?
    b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch;


    c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

    verbo transitivo
    a) ‹fruta/verdura/carne› to eat;

    ◊ ¿puedo comer otro? can I have another one?;

    no tienen qué comer they don't have anything to eat
    b) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer) See Also→ comerse 3

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to take

    comerse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( al escribir) ‹acento/palabra› to leave off;

    ‹línea/párrafo› to miss out

    ‹ palabra› to swallow
    2 ( enf) ‹ comida› to eat;

    comerse las uñas to bite one's nails
    3 (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
    a) [acido/óxido] to eat away (at);

    [polilla/ratón] to eat away (at)
    b) [inflación/alquiler] ‹sueldo/ahorros› to eat away at

    comer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to eat
    2 (en el parchís, etc) to take
    3 (estrechar) ese corte de pelo te come la cara, that haircut makes your face look thinner
    ese mueble te come mucho salón, that piece of furniture makes your living room look smaller
    II verbo intransitivo to eat: hay que darle de comer al perro, we have to feed the dog
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar comer como una lima, to eat like a horse
    familiar comer el coco/tarro a alguien, to brainwash somebody
    sin comerlo ni beberlo, le pusieron una sanción, although he has nothing to do with it, he was disciplined
    ' comer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acostumbrar
    - aire
    - algo
    - alimentar
    - carrillo
    - cosa
    - dar
    - deshora
    - después
    - empezar
    - emplazar
    - enana
    - enano
    - estomacal
    - exacerbar
    - exigua
    - exiguo
    - gana
    - hambre
    - hasta
    - hincharse
    - jambar
    - le
    - leguminosa
    - menda
    - mierda
    - picar
    - reserva
    - rollo
    - sabañón
    - saciedad
    - saque
    - sopor
    - tarde
    - tarro
    - terminar
    - tragar
    - troglodita
    - tutiplén
    - a
    - acabar
    - ansia
    - apretujado
    - austero
    - barato
    - barbaridad
    - bueno
    - carta
    - chocolate
    - de
    English:
    any
    - avoid
    - before
    - bolt
    - brisk
    - buffet
    - company
    - conscious
    - craving
    - crunch
    - cut out
    - digestion
    - directive
    - eat
    - eat out
    - entertain
    - fancy
    - feed
    - feeding
    - finish
    - for
    - forage
    - free rein
    - full
    - go
    - go out
    - good
    - grab
    - grain
    - guzzle
    - have
    - hour
    - invite
    - just
    - leftovers
    - linger
    - lunch
    - lunchtime
    - mealtime
    - mop
    - nosh
    - out
    - overwhelming
    - pick at
    - plate
    - plough through
    - process
    - put away
    - spoon-feed
    - spot
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [alimentos] to eat;
    no come carne casi nunca she hardly ever eats meat;
    ¿quieres comer algo? would you like something to eat?;
    no tengas miedo, nadie te va a comer don't be afraid, nobody's going to eat you;
    ni come ni deja comer he's a dog in the manger;
    Fam
    comer el coco o [m5] tarro a alguien [convencer] to brainwash sb;
    sin comerlo ni beberlo: sin comerlo ni beberlo, le hicieron jefe he became boss through no merit of his own;
    sin comerlo ni beberlo, nos encontramos en la bancarrota through no fault of our own, we went bankrupt
    2. Esp, Méx [al mediodía] to have for lunch;
    esp Andes [a la noche] to have for dinner;
    hoy hemos comido pescado we had fish today
    3. [en juegos de mesa] to take, to capture;
    me comió un alfil he took one of my bishops
    4. [consumir] to eat up;
    tus gastos nos comen casi todo mi sueldo your expenses eat up almost all of my salary;
    esta estufa come mucha leña this stove uses o gets through a lot of wood;
    los come la envidia they're eaten up with envy;
    eso me come mucho tiempo that takes up a lot of my time;
    me están comiendo los mosquitos the mosquitoes are eating me alive
    ♦ vi
    1. [ingerir alimentos] to eat;
    ahora no tengo ganas de comer I don't feel like eating o I'm not hungry right now;
    comer fuera, salir a comer to eat out;
    yo llevaré la bebida, tú compra las cosas de comer I'll get the drink, you buy the food;
    comer a la carta to eat à la carte;
    ¡a comer, chicos! lunch is/dinner's/ etc ready, children!;
    ¡come y calla! shut up and eat your dinner!;
    dar de comer al perro to feed the dog;
    no sé qué darles de comer a mis hijos esta noche I don't know what to give the children to eat this evening;
    en ese restaurante dan de comer muy bien the food is very good in that restaurant;
    Fam
    ser de buen comer to have a healthy appetite;
    Fig
    tener qué comer to have enough to live on;
    Fam
    comer a dos carrillos to stuff one's face;
    comer como una lima o [m5] un regimiento to eat like a horse;
    comimos como curas o [m5] reyes we ate like kings;
    comer y callar beggars can't be choosers;
    Fam
    dar o [m5]echar de comer aparte a alguien: a mi profesor hay que darle o [m5] echarle de comer aparte you have to be careful how you deal with my teacher, because you never know how he's going to react;
    donde comen dos comen tres there's always room for one more at the table
    2. Esp, Méx [al mediodía] to have lunch;
    ¿qué hay de comer? what's for lunch?;
    en casa comemos a las tres we have lunch at three o'clock at home;
    hemos quedado para comer we've arranged to meet for lunch;
    comer fuera, salir a comer to go out for lunch
    3. esp Andes [a la noche] to have dinner
    * * *
    I v/t eat; a mediodía have for lunch
    II v/i eat; a mediodía have lunch;
    no tienen qué comer they haven’t a thing to eat;
    sin comerlo ni beberlo fam all of a sudden
    * * *
    comer vt
    1) : to eat
    2) : to consume, to eat up, to eat into
    comer vi
    1) : to eat
    2) cenar: to have a meal
    3)
    dar de comer : to feed
    * * *
    comer vb
    1. (en general) to eat [pt. ate; pp. eaten]
    ¿comes pescado? do you eat fish?
    2. (al mediodía) to have lunch
    dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

    Spanish-English dictionary > comer

  • 48 prevenir

    v.
    1 to prevent.
    Ricardo previno el accidente Richard prevented the accident.
    2 to warn.
    te prevengo de que la carretera es muy mala be warned that the road is very bad
    Ricardo previno a María del peligro Richard warned Mary of the danger.
    3 to foresee, to anticipate.
    4 to make it impossible to, to make it difficult to.
    Lisa previno ejecutar el programa Lisa made it impossible to execute the..
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ VENIR], like link=venir venir
    1 (evitar) to avoid, prevent
    2 (advertir) to warn
    \
    más vale prevenir que curar prevention is better than cure
    * * *
    verb
    2) warn
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=evitar) to prevent; (=prever) to foresee, anticipate
    2) (=advertir) to warn

    prevenir a algn — to warn sb, put sb on his guard (contra, de against, about)

    3) (=predisponer) to prejudice, bias ( a favor de in favour of) ( en contra de against)
    4) (=preparar) to prepare, get ready ( para for)
    5) (=proveer)
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) <enfermedad/accidente> to prevent
    b) (advertir, alertar) to warn
    2.
    prevenirse v pron

    prevenirse CONTRA algo — to take preventive o preventative measures against something, take precautions against something

    * * *
    = caution (against), forewarn, preclude, prevent, sound + a note of caution, sound + a word of caution, forestall, avert, sound + a wake-up call, ward off, admonish, head off, thwart.
    Ex. We may be fooling ourserlves and I would caution public libraries, school libraries and libraries in general that indeed one code might not satisfy all our needs.
    Ex. I think a person would be derelict in his or her duty not to forewarn someone about a problem.
    Ex. His obsessive concern for detail precluded the delegation of responsibility to others.
    Ex. To prevent an entry under the first name(s), these must be entered on a separate line with the subfield code 'j'.
    Ex. Ranganathan himself sounds a note of caution when he warns that, because the use of this device requires an uncommon degree of `spiritual insight', any notation suggested by it should be discussed widely before being finalized.
    Ex. A word of caution must also be sounded over the word 'Kommune' which is found in some Scandinavian countries.
    Ex. In order to forestall such an event, some libraries in Britain were stung into action by the publication of an Act of Parliament which totally ignored public libraries.
    Ex. He often did this, almost unconsciously, to avert an immediate sign of reaction to an irksome confrontation.
    Ex. The article 'Robert Nawrocki sounds a wake-up call for records managers' reports an interview with the President of ARMA (Association of Records Managers and Administrators) International.
    Ex. The most strenuous efforts will not always ensure success, nor the boldest arm of human power ward off the stroke of misfortune.
    Ex. For nearly half a century librarians have been admonished to use history as a means to prevent mistakes and solve problems.
    Ex. And this stimulus is working in the sense that it has headed off the imminent risk of a deflationary spiral.
    Ex. A public library's design can go far in either reinforcing or thwarting the intimacy of reading and in determining its success -- functionally, aesthetically and financially.
    ----
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * prevenir contra = ward against.
    * prevenir en contra de = ward against.
    * prevenir una infección = prevent + infection.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) <enfermedad/accidente> to prevent
    b) (advertir, alertar) to warn
    2.
    prevenirse v pron

    prevenirse CONTRA algo — to take preventive o preventative measures against something, take precautions against something

    * * *
    = caution (against), forewarn, preclude, prevent, sound + a note of caution, sound + a word of caution, forestall, avert, sound + a wake-up call, ward off, admonish, head off, thwart.

    Ex: We may be fooling ourserlves and I would caution public libraries, school libraries and libraries in general that indeed one code might not satisfy all our needs.

    Ex: I think a person would be derelict in his or her duty not to forewarn someone about a problem.
    Ex: His obsessive concern for detail precluded the delegation of responsibility to others.
    Ex: To prevent an entry under the first name(s), these must be entered on a separate line with the subfield code 'j'.
    Ex: Ranganathan himself sounds a note of caution when he warns that, because the use of this device requires an uncommon degree of `spiritual insight', any notation suggested by it should be discussed widely before being finalized.
    Ex: A word of caution must also be sounded over the word 'Kommune' which is found in some Scandinavian countries.
    Ex: In order to forestall such an event, some libraries in Britain were stung into action by the publication of an Act of Parliament which totally ignored public libraries.
    Ex: He often did this, almost unconsciously, to avert an immediate sign of reaction to an irksome confrontation.
    Ex: The article 'Robert Nawrocki sounds a wake-up call for records managers' reports an interview with the President of ARMA (Association of Records Managers and Administrators) International.
    Ex: The most strenuous efforts will not always ensure success, nor the boldest arm of human power ward off the stroke of misfortune.
    Ex: For nearly half a century librarians have been admonished to use history as a means to prevent mistakes and solve problems.
    Ex: And this stimulus is working in the sense that it has headed off the imminent risk of a deflationary spiral.
    Ex: A public library's design can go far in either reinforcing or thwarting the intimacy of reading and in determining its success -- functionally, aesthetically and financially.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * prevenir contra = ward against.
    * prevenir en contra de = ward against.
    * prevenir una infección = prevent + infection.

    * * *
    vt
    1 ‹enfermedad/accidente/desgracia› to prevent
    ayuda a prevenir la caries it helps prevent tooth decay
    más vale prevenir que curar prevention is better than cure
    más vale prevenir que lamentar better safe than sorry
    2 (advertir, alertar) to warn
    previnieron a los conductores del mal estado de las carreteras drivers were warned of the bad state of the roads
    prevenirse CONTRA algo to take preventive o preventative measures AGAINST sth, take precautions AGAINST sth
    * * *

     

    prevenir ( conjugate prevenir) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹enfermedad/accidente› to prevent

    b) (advertir, alertar) to warn

    prevenirse verbo pronominal prevenirse CONTRA algo to take preventive o preventative measures against sth, take precautions against sth
    prevenir verbo transitivo
    1 (enfermedades, etc) to prevent: más vale prevenir que curar, prevention is better than cure
    2 (advertir, alertar) to warn: me previno contra él, she warned me about him
    te prevengo de que no estoy muy dispuesta a ir, I want you to know that I'm not very inclined to go
    ' prevenir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    advertir
    - avisar
    - salud
    - ir
    English:
    avert
    - forestall
    - forewarn
    - precaution
    - prevent
    - ward off
    - warn
    - head
    - safe
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [evitar] to prevent;
    para prevenir la gripe to prevent flu;
    un medicamento que previene contra la malaria a medicine that protects against malaria;
    más vale prevenir que curar prevention is better than cure
    2. [avisar] to warn;
    te prevengo de que la carretera es muy mala be warned that the road is very bad
    3. [prever] to foresee, to anticipate
    4. [predisponer]
    prevenir a alguien contra algo/alguien to prejudice sb against sth/sb
    * * *
    v/t
    1 ( evitar) prevent;
    más vale prevenir que curar prevention is better than cure
    2 ( avisar) warn ( contra against)
    * * *
    prevenir {87} vt
    1) : to prevent
    2) : to warn
    * * *
    prevenir vb (evitar) to prevent

    Spanish-English dictionary > prevenir

  • 49 FIRST

    • Be content in your lot; one cannot be first in everything - Не всем казакам в атаманах быть (H)
    • Cow that's first up, gets the first of the dew (The) - Кто первый пришел, первый муку смолол (K)
    • He that comes first to the mill may sit where he will - Кто раньше на мельницу придет, раньше смелет (K)
    • I am not the first and I won't be the last - Я не первый, и я не последний (Я)
    • I am not the first, and shall not be the last - Я не первый, и я не последний (Я) FISH
    • Best fish smell when they are three days old (/The/) - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)
    • Better a big fish in a little pond than a little fish in a big pond - Лучше быть первым в деревне, чем последним в городе (Л)
    • Better a big fish in a little puddle than a little fish in a big puddle - Лучше быть первым в деревне, чем последним в городе (Л)
    • Better a small fish than an empty dish - Лучше мало, чем совсем ничего (Л)
    • Catch the fish before you fry it - Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)
    • Cat that would eat fish must wet her feet (The) - Чтобы рыбку съесть, надо в воду лезть (4)
    • Do not fish in front of a net - Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)
    • Don't clean your fish before you catch it - Не поймав, не щиплют (H), Цыплят по осени считают (Ц)
    • Fish always stinks from the head downward (The) - Рыба с головы гниет (P)
    • Fish and callers (company, visitors) smell in three days - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)
    • Fish begins to stink at the head - Рыба с головы гниет (P)
    • Fish never nibbles at the same hook twice (A) - Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C)
    • Fish stinks first in the head (The) - Рыба с головы гниет (P)
    • Fish that escapes is the biggest fish of all (The) - Которая корова пала, та по два удоя давала (K)
    • Fish will soon be caught that nibbles at every bait (The) - Любопытной Варваре нос оторвали (Л)
    • Fresh fish and new - come guests smell in three days - Мил гость, что недолго гостит (M)
    • Gut no fish till you get them - Не поймав, не щиплют (H)
    • He that would catch a fish must venture his bait - Пошел за большим, не жалей малого (П)
    • It is better to be the biggest fish in a small puddle than the smallest fish in a big puddle - Лучше быть головой собаки, чем хвостом льва (Л)
    • Little fish are (is) sweet - Рыба мелка, да уха сладка (P)
    • Neither fish, flesh, nor fowl - Ни рыба, ни мясо (H)
    • Neither fish, nor flesh, nor good red herring - Ни рыба, ни мясо (H)
    • Never fry a fish till it's caught - Медведя не убив, шкуры не продавай (M)
    • There is as good fish in the sea as ever came out of it - Не только света, что в окошке (H)
    • Venture a small fish to catch a great one - Пошел за большим, не жалей малого (П)

    Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > FIRST

  • 50 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 51 impedir

    v.
    1 to prevent.
    impedir a alguien hacer algo to prevent somebody from doing something
    la lesión le impedía correr the injury stopped o prevented him from running
    la nieve impidió la celebración del partido the snow prevented the match from taking place
    impedirle el paso a alguien to bar somebody's way
    si nada lo impide saldremos por la mañana all being well we'll leave in the morning
    2 to hinder, to obstruct.
    3 to impede, to obstruct, to hold up, to prevent.
    Ella impidió el accidente She impeded the accident.
    4 to handicap, to cripple, to disable.
    El accidente impidió a Ricardo The accident handicapped Richard.
    5 to prevent from, to keep from, to avert from, to deter from.
    María le impidió a Ricardo jugar Mary prevented Richard from playing.
    6 to make it impossible to, to make it difficult to.
    Esa luz impide leer That light makes it impossible to read.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SERVIR], like link=servir servir
    1 (hacer imposible) to prevent, stop
    ■ ¿hay algo que te lo impida? is there anything stopping you?
    2 (obstaculizar) to hinder, impede
    \
    impedir el paso to block the way
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    VT
    1) (=parar) to prevent, stop

    impedir a algn hacer algo, impedir que algn haga algo — to prevent sb (from) doing sth, stop sb doing sth

    esto no impide que... — this does not alter the fact that...

    2) (=dificultar) [con obstáculos] to impede, obstruct; [con problemas] to hinder, hamper
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( imposibilitar) to prevent

    impedirle a alguien + inf — to prevent somebody from -ing

    b) < paso> to block
    c) ( dificultar) to hamper, hinder
    * * *
    = guard against, impede, inhibit, prevent, forestall, restrain from, foreclose, get in + the way (of), hamstring, head off, ward off, hamper, thwart.
    Ex. The system will ask you to enter the new password a second time to help guard against keying errors.
    Ex. In early 1984 we were invited to undertake a survey of the fourteen schools of librarianship and information studies in England and Wales, giving particular attention to the constraints impeding or preventing desirable change.
    Ex. Likewise, a library or consortium -- and ultimately the user -- is ill-served by a system which inhibits the realization of a rational collection policy by permitting the duplication of expensive items.
    Ex. To prevent an entry under the first name(s), these must be entered on a separate line with the subfield code 'j'.
    Ex. In order to forestall such an event, some libraries in Britain were stung into action by the publication of an Act of Parliament which totally ignored public libraries.
    Ex. 'We also need to know the kinds of questions we are legally restrained from asking'.
    Ex. The USA must act quickly before the rush of events forecloses some of the options now available for developing and managing this technology.
    Ex. At the end of the day, librarians must 'produce the goods' and prove their worth -- professionalism could get in the way.
    Ex. Instead, the proposed regulations would hamstring public access.
    Ex. And this stimulus is working in the sense that it has headed off the imminent risk of a deflationary spiral.
    Ex. The most strenuous efforts will not always ensure success, nor the boldest arm of human power ward off the stroke of misfortune.
    Ex. Unfortunately, the inclusion of abstracts in most services tends to hamper currency.
    Ex. A public library's design can go far in either reinforcing or thwarting the intimacy of reading and in determining its success -- functionally, aesthetically and financially.
    ----
    * impedir el paso = block in.
    * impedir la entrada = keep out.
    * impedir que = keep from.
    * impedir que + Subjuntivo = prevent from + Gerundio.
    * si no lo impide el tiempo = weather permitting.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( imposibilitar) to prevent

    impedirle a alguien + inf — to prevent somebody from -ing

    b) < paso> to block
    c) ( dificultar) to hamper, hinder
    * * *
    = guard against, impede, inhibit, prevent, forestall, restrain from, foreclose, get in + the way (of), hamstring, head off, ward off, hamper, thwart.

    Ex: The system will ask you to enter the new password a second time to help guard against keying errors.

    Ex: In early 1984 we were invited to undertake a survey of the fourteen schools of librarianship and information studies in England and Wales, giving particular attention to the constraints impeding or preventing desirable change.
    Ex: Likewise, a library or consortium -- and ultimately the user -- is ill-served by a system which inhibits the realization of a rational collection policy by permitting the duplication of expensive items.
    Ex: To prevent an entry under the first name(s), these must be entered on a separate line with the subfield code 'j'.
    Ex: In order to forestall such an event, some libraries in Britain were stung into action by the publication of an Act of Parliament which totally ignored public libraries.
    Ex: 'We also need to know the kinds of questions we are legally restrained from asking'.
    Ex: The USA must act quickly before the rush of events forecloses some of the options now available for developing and managing this technology.
    Ex: At the end of the day, librarians must 'produce the goods' and prove their worth -- professionalism could get in the way.
    Ex: Instead, the proposed regulations would hamstring public access.
    Ex: And this stimulus is working in the sense that it has headed off the imminent risk of a deflationary spiral.
    Ex: The most strenuous efforts will not always ensure success, nor the boldest arm of human power ward off the stroke of misfortune.
    Ex: Unfortunately, the inclusion of abstracts in most services tends to hamper currency.
    Ex: A public library's design can go far in either reinforcing or thwarting the intimacy of reading and in determining its success -- functionally, aesthetically and financially.
    * impedir el paso = block in.
    * impedir la entrada = keep out.
    * impedir que = keep from.
    * impedir que + Subjuntivo = prevent from + Gerundio.
    * si no lo impide el tiempo = weather permitting.

    * * *
    vt
    1 (imposibilitar) to prevent
    no logró impedir el accidente she was unable to prevent the accident
    nos impidió el paso he wouldn't let us through, he blocked our way
    esta válvula impide el paso del gas this valve stops o blocks the flow of gas
    nadie te lo impide nobody's stopping you
    impedirle a algn + INF to prevent sb FROM -ING
    el dolor le impedía caminar the pain prevented her from walking o meant that she couldn't walk o stopped her walking
    impedir QUE + SUBJ:
    quiso impedir que nos viéramos she tried to stop us seeing each other, she tried to prevent us from seeing each other
    tenemos que impedir que ocurra otra vez we must see that it doesn't happen again, we must stop o prevent it happening again
    2 (dificultar) to hamper, hinder
    la ropa me impedía los movimientos my clothes hampered o hindered o impeded my movements
    * * *

     

    impedir ( conjugate impedir) verbo transitivo


    impedirle a algn hacer algo to prevent sb from doing sth;
    quiso impedir que nos viéramos she tried to stop us seeing each other
    b) ‹paso/entrada› to block


    impedir verbo transitivo
    1 (entorpecer) to impede, hinder: un coche impedía el paso a la ambulancia, a car was in the way of the ambulance
    2 (frustrar) to prevent, stop
    ' impedir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atravesar
    - bloquear
    - cortar
    - imposibilitar
    - inmovilizar
    - trabar
    - evitar
    - impida
    English:
    bar
    - deter
    - forestall
    - impede
    - inhibit
    - interfere
    - keep
    - occur
    - prevent
    - restrain
    - stop
    - avert
    - obscure
    - prohibit
    * * *
    1. [imposibilitar] to prevent;
    impedir a alguien hacer algo to prevent sb from doing sth;
    la lesión le impedía correr the injury stopped o prevented her from running;
    impedirle el paso a alguien to bar sb's way;
    este camión impide el paso a la calle this truck o Br lorry is blocking the street;
    la nieve impidió la celebración del partido the snow prevented the game from taking place;
    nada te impide hacerlo there's nothing to stop you doing it;
    si nada lo impide saldremos por la mañana all being well we'll leave in the morning
    2. [dificultar] to hinder, to obstruct
    * * *
    v/t prevent; ( estorbar) impede
    * * *
    impedir {54} vt
    1) : to prevent, to block
    2) : to impede, to hinder
    * * *
    1. (imposibilitar) to prevent / to stop [pt. & pp. stopped]
    2. (paso) to block

    Spanish-English dictionary > impedir

  • 52 m|ieć

    impf (mam, masz) Ⅰ vt 1. (posiadać) (na własność) to have (got), to own [dom, samochód, mikrofalówkę]; (do dyspozycji) to have (got); (prowadzić) to run [firmę, warsztat]
    - mają dom na wsi they have a. own a house in the country
    - miał po ojcu warsztat samochodowy he had a. owned a garage left to him by his father
    - nasze muzeum ma dużą kolekcję impresjonistów our museum has (got) a large collection of Impressionist paintings
    - mam dla ciebie prezent/tę książkę o kotach I’ve got a present/that book about cats for you
    - miał wszystkiego dwie pary butów he only had two pairs of shoes
    - ubrała się w to, co miała she put on what she had
    - nie mam psa I don’t have a. I haven’t got a dog
    - nie mamy ani telewizora, ani pralki we have neither a TV nor a washing machine
    - wydawnictwo nie ma funduszy na zatrudnienie specjalisty the publishers can’t afford to employ a specialist
    - nie mam nic do jedzenia I’ve got nothing to eat, I don’t have anything to eat
    - czy oni mają namiot? have they got a tent?, do they have a tent?
    - masz scyzoryk? have you got a penknife?
    - czy ma pan bagaż? have you got any luggage?
    - czy macie gaz? have you got gas?
    - mieć coś przy sobie to have sth on one
    - masz przy sobie jakieś drobne? have you got any change on you?
    - gdzie masz klucze/moją książkę? what have you done with the keys/my book?
    - gdzie masz rower? where’s your bike? pot.
    - mieć na coś to have money for sth
    - miałem tylko na jedno piwo I only had for one beer
    - (on) ma na przyjemności, a nie ma na lekarza he has money to spend on pleasures, but he can’t afford a doctor
    - nie miał na nowe buty, a co dopiero na samochód he couldn’t afford a pair of new shoes, let alone a car
    - mieć za co coś zrobić to have enough money to do sth, to be able to afford to do sth
    - nie mieli za co wyjechać na wakacje they didn’t have enough to go on holiday, they couldn’t afford to go on holiday
    - nie mają z czego żyć they don’t have enough to live on
    - jak masz na imię? what’s your name?
    - mam na imię Maria my name’s Maria
    - (on) ma na nazwisko Nowak his (sur)name is Nowak
    - mieć coś na sobie to have sth on, to be wearing sth
    - miał (na sobie) granatowy garnitur he had a blue suit on, he was wearing a blue suit
    - na głowie miała kapelusz, na szyi biały szalik she had a hat on her head and a white scarf round her neck
    - mieć kogoś u siebie (gościć) to have sb staying with one
    - od tygodnia mamy u siebie teściów we’ve had my in-laws (staying) with us for the past week
    - jeśli Legia wygra, mam u ciebie piwo! you owe me a beer if Legia win(s)
    - masz!/macie! (weź/weźcie) here!
    - macie kanapki, jedzcie! here’s the sandwiches, eat up! pot.
    - masz, włóż to na siebie! here, put this on!
    - (a) masz! (zadając razy) take that!
    - (a) masz za to, że kłamiesz, a masz, a masz! (and) take that for lying! and that! and that! pot.
    - masz za swoje! (dobrze ci tak) serves you right!
    - ma za swoje, że jest taki naiwny it serves him right for being so naive
    - mamy teraz za swoje dobre serce! that’s the thanks we get for being nice a. for all our kindness!
    - masz ci (los) a. masz tobie! blast (it)! pot., damn (it)! pot.
    - masz ci los, zapomniałam parasola! blast, I’ve forgotten my umbrella!
    - masz go/ją/ich! (wyrażające zaskoczenie) just look at him/her/them!
    - masz go, jaki mądrala! look at him, Mr Clever Dick! GB pot.
    2. (liczyć sobie) to be
    - mieć dwadzieścia lat to be twenty (years old)
    - ile ona ma lat? how old is she?
    - mieć dwa metry wzrostu/wysokości to be two metres tall/high
    - mieć sześć metrów głębokości/szerokości/długości to be six metres deep/wide/long
    - pokój ma sześć metrów na pięć the room is six by five metres
    - dom będzie miał siedem pięter the house will be seven storeys high a. will have seven storeys
    - kilometr ma tysiąc metrów one kilometre is a thousand metres
    3. (posiadać jako cechę) to have (got)
    - pokój ma dwa okna the room has two windows
    - miał niebieskie oczy/siwe włosy he had blue eyes/grey hair
    - miała dziurawe buty she had holes in her shoes
    - kubek ma wyszczerbiony brzeg the mug’s rim is chipped
    - miała męża Włocha/inżyniera her husband was Italian/an engineer
    - mieć talent/cierpliwość/odwagę to have talent/patience/courage
    - nie mieć talentu/cierpliwości/odwagi to lack talent/patience/courage
    - mieć takt/rozsądek to be tactful/sensible
    - mieć (swoje) wady i zalety to have one’s good and bad points
    - zasłony mają kolor wiśni the curtains are cherry red in colour
    - działka ma kształt prostokąta a. prostokątny the allotment is rectangular (in shape)
    - jej perfumy miały słodkawy zapach/zapach konwalii her scent was sweet smelling/smelled of lily of the valley
    - urodę miała po matce, a talent po ojcu her looks came from her mother and her talent from her father
    - za całe umeblowanie pokój miał zdezelowany stół the only piece of furniture in the room was a rickety table
    - mieć w sobie coś (być interesującym) to have a certain something
    - on ma w sobie coś z dziecka/roztargnionego profesora there is something of the child/the absent-minded professor in a. about him
    - nie mieć nic do czegoś to have nothing to do with sth
    - jej wyjazd nie ma nic do naszych planów her going away has nothing to do with our plans
    - marzenia mają to do siebie, że rzadko się spełniają the thing about dreams is that they rarely come true
    - miała to do siebie, że zawsze się spóźniała the thing about her was that she was always late
    4. (o stanie fizycznym i psychicznym) to have [grypę, gruźlicę, trudności]; to feel [ochotę, żal]; to have, to bear [urazę]
    - mieć gorączkę a. temperaturę to have a. be running a temperature
    - mieć 39° gorączki to have a temperature of 39 degrees
    - mieć złamaną nogę to have a broken leg
    - mieć częste bóle głowy to have frequent headaches
    - mieć pragnienie to be thirsty
    - mieć dobry apetyt to have a good a. hearty appetite
    - mieć wadę a. defekt to have a defect
    - mieć gumę pot. (w samochodzie) to have a flat pot.
    - mam nadzieję, że… I hope that…
    - mieć ochotę coś zrobić to feel like doing sth
    - miała ochotę płakać she felt like crying
    - mieć przekonanie/pewność, że… to be convinced/sure a. certain that…
    - mieć kogoś/czegoś dość a. dosyć to have had enough of sb/sth, to be fed up with sb/sth
    - mam tego powyżej uszu a. po dziurki w nosie! pot. I’ve had it up to here! pot.
    - mieć coś wypisane w oczach a. na czole a. na twarzy to have sth written all over one’s face
    - miała winę wypisaną na twarzy she had guilt written all over her face
    5. (o relacjach między ludźmi) to have [syna, córkę, przyjaciół, wrogów]
    - to dziecko nie ma matki/ojca this boy/girl has no mother/father
    - ona nie ma rodzeństwa she has no brothers or sisters
    - ona będzie miała dziecko she’s going to have a. she’s expecting a baby
    - miała z nim dwóch synów she had two sons by him
    - miał za żonę piekielnicę his wife was a real she-devil a. spitfire
    - nie miał do kogo zwrócić się o pomoc he had no-one to turn to for help
    - mieć kogoś przy sobie a. obok siebie a. przy boku to have sb at one’s side
    - mieć kogoś/coś na uwadze a. na względzie to have sb/sth in mind, to take sb/sth into consideration
    - mieć z kimś porachunki to have a bone to pick with sb
    - mieć kogoś/coś przeciwko sobie to have sb/sth against one
    - miał przeciwko sobie opinię publiczną public opinion was against him
    - mieć przyjemność/zaszczyt coś zrobić książk. to have the pleasure/honour to do a. of doing sth
    - miałem zaszczyt poznać pańskich rodziców I had the honour of meeting your parents
    - mam przyjemność przedstawić państwu naszego gościa I have the pleasure of introducing our guest
    - z kim mam przyjemność? książk. to whom do I have the honour of speaking? książk., także iron.
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic przeciwko komuś/czemuś to have something/nothing against sb/sth
    - mieć coś do kogoś pot. to have something against sb
    - do ciebie nic nie mam I’ve got nothing against you
    - mieć coś na kogoś to have the goods a. the dope on sb pot.
    - niczego na mnie nie mają they’ve got nothing on me pot.
    - mam z nią do pomówienia a. pogadania I need to have a (serious) talk with her
    - mieć kogoś nad sobą to have sb above one
    - kierownik ma nad sobą dyrektora, a dyrektor – zarząd the manager answers to the director and the director answers to the board
    - mieć kogoś pod sobą to be in charge of sb
    - (ona) ma pod sobą dwudziestu pracowników she’s in charge of a staff of twenty
    - kapral miał pod sobą dziesięciu żołnierzy the corporal had ten men under his command a. under him
    - mieć kogoś za sobą (być popieranym) to have sb behind one, to have sb’s backing
    - mieli za sobą większość the majority was a. were behind them, they had the majority behind them
    - mieć kogoś za głupca to take sb for a fool
    - ich zachowanie mam za nieco naiwne I consider their behaviour rather naive
    - za kogo pan mnie ma! who do you take me for!, who do you think I am!
    - mieć w kimś rywala/sojusznika to have a rival/an ally in sb
    - mieć kogoś pot. (być związanym z kimś) to have somebody, to be involved with somebody
    - chwalił się, że miał je wszystkie pot. (odbył stosunek) he boasted of having had them all pot.
    - płacą tak dużo, że mogą mieć każdego they pay so much they can take on a. hire anyone they like
    6. (znajdować się w jakiejś sytuacji) to have (got) [długi, posadę, połączenie]
    - mam dobrą komunikację do pracy I’ve got good connections to work
    - centrum miasta ma dobrą komunikację z przedmieściami there are good connections from the city centre to the suburbs
    - mieć słuszność a. rację to be right
    - mieć ciepło/przytulnie to be warm/cosy
    - owinęła dziecko szalem, żeby miało ciepło she put a scarf round the baby to keep him/her warm
    - mam daleko/blisko do szkoły I have a long way/I don’t have far to go to school
    - ty to masz dobrze, nie musisz wstawać o siódmej it’s alright for you, you don’t have to get up at seven (a.m.)
    - mieliśmy tu wczoraj burzę/śnieżycę we had a storm/snowstorm here yesterday
    - mamy dziś słoneczną pogodę it’s sunny today
    - mam dziś kiepski dzień I’m having one of those days (today)
    - kłopotów z nim miałam co niemiara I’ve had no end of trouble with him
    - co ja z tobą mam? what am I to do with you?
    - jest całkiem młoda, chciałaby jeszcze mieć coś z życia she’s still very young, she’d like to get something out of life pot.
    - (on) haruje od świtu do nocy i co z tego ma? he slaves away from morning to night, and what does he have to show for it?
    - miał przed sobą kilka godzin marszu he had several hours of walking ahead of a. in front of him
    - miała przed sobą trudną rozmowę z szefem she had a difficult conversation with the boss ahead of her
    - mieć przed sobą przyszłość to have a (bright) future ahead of a. before one
    - miał przed sobą karierę he had a brilliant career ahead of a. in front of him
    - mieć coś za a. poza sobą to have sth behind one
    - ma za sobą trzyletnie doświadczenie he has three years’ experience behind him
    - mam już to wszystko za sobą all that is behind me now
    - mam co robić, nie nudzę się I’ve got things to do, I don’t sit around
    - nie mieć gdzie mieszkać/spać to have nowhere to live/sleep
    - nie mam gdzie przenocować I have nowhere to spend the night
    - nie mieć kiedy spać/jeść/odpocząć to not have time to sleep/eat/relax
    - nie mają kiedy w ścianach wiercić, tylko w niedzielę! of course, they have to drill holes in the wall on a Sunday!
    - mieć czas to have time (coś zrobić to do sth)
    - nie miałem czasu zająć się twoją sprawą I didn’t have time to deal with your problem
    - na napisanie wypracowania macie godzinę you have an hour to write the essay
    - nie miałeś mi tu kogo przyprowadzić!? why did you have to bring him/her/them here (of all people)?!
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia (dużo/mało wiedzieć) to have something/nothing to say (na temat kogoś/czegoś about sb/sth)
    - mieć coś/nie mieć nic do powiedzenia a. gadania pot. (o decydującym głosie) to have a say/no say
    - ona nie ma w tej sprawie nic do powiedzenia a. gadania she has no say in the matter
    - nie mamy już sobie nic więcej do powiedzenia we’ve got nothing more to say to each other
    - mieć zły/dobry czas Sport to have a poor/good a. fast time
    - mieć pierwsze/dziesiąte miejsce Sport to come first/tenth, to be in first/tenth place
    - mam z nią wielką wygodę, sprząta, robi mi zakupy she’s a great help to me: she cleans and does my shopping
    - nie masz co narzekać you’ve got nothing to complain about
    - nie masz co się denerwować there’s no reason (for you) to get upset
    - nie masz czego a. co żałować, film był kiepski you didn’t miss much: the film was hopeless
    - w domu nie masz co się pokazywać you’d better not show your face at home pot.
    7. (brać udział) to have [zebranie, koncert, egzamin, próbę]
    - (on) ma teraz naradę ze swym zastępcą he’s in conference at the moment with his deputy
    - mieć sprawę a. proces to be on trial (o coś/o zrobienie czegoś for sth/for doing sth)
    - ma sprawę a. proces o zabójstwo/spowodowanie wypadku samochodowego he’s on trial for murder/causing a car accident
    8. (ukończyć etap nauki) to have, to hold [dyplom, tytuł]
    - mieć studia a. wyższe wykształcenie to have completed higher education
    - mój ojciec miał tylko cztery klasy my father only did four years at school
    - miał już zawód i mógł rozpocząć samodzielne życie he’d completed his training and could now start his own life
    - miał dwa fakultety he had graduated in two subjects
    9. (znaleźć się w określonym miejscu lub czasie) wreszcie mamy stację here’s the station at last
    - mamy drugi tydzień zimy it’s the second week of winter
    - którego dziś mamy? what’s the date today?
    - mamy dziś pierwszy stycznia/poniedziałek it’s January the 1st/Monday today
    - którą masz godzinę? what time do you make it? pot.; what’s the time by your watch?
    - mieć kogoś/coś po prawej/lewej stronie to have sb/sth on one’s right/left
    - miał przed/za sobą dwóch strażników he had a. there were two guards in front of him/behind him
    Ⅱ v aux. 1. (dla wyrażenia powinności) macie teraz spać you’re to a. you have to (get off to) sleep now
    - masz to zrobić natychmiast! you’re to do it right now!
    - co mam zrobić/jej powiedzieć? what am I (supposed) to do/tell her?
    - po co się mam wysilać? why should I bother?, why should I make the effort?
    - masz tego nikomu nie powtarzać! (and) don’t go repeating a. telling it to anyone!
    - i ja mam w to uwierzyć? and you/they want me to a. I’m supposed to believe that?
    - mieć coś do zrobienia to have sth to do
    - ma obowiązek do spełnienia s/he has a duty to perform
    - mam sprawę do załatwienia I’ve got something to sort out
    - mamy zaległości do odrobienia we’ve got a backlog of work to catch up on
    2. (zamiar, przewidywanie) (ona) ma przyjść o drugiej she’s expected (to come) at two
    - miano zburzyć ich dom their house was to be demolished
    - samolot miał wylądować w Warszawie, ale… the plane was supposed to land a. have landed in Warsaw, but…
    - podobno jutro ma być ładna pogoda it’s supposed to be good a. nice weather tomorrow
    - w pozostałej części kraju ma nadal padać in the rest of the country continuing rain is expected
    - miała umrzeć w nędzy w wieku czterdziestu lat she was to die in poverty at the age of forty
    - przyszłość miała pokazać, że się myli subsequent events were to prove him/her wrong
    - jak się miało okazać as things a. it turned out; as it transpired książk.
    - i co ja mam z tobą zrobić? what am I (supposed) to do with you?
    - jeśli mielibyśmy się nie zobaczyć przed twoim wyjazdem, baw się dobrze in case we don’t see each other before you leave, have a good time
    - niech się stanie, co się ma stać let things happen as they will
    - właśnie miałem wyjść, kiedy zadzwonił telefon I was just about to leave a. just on the point of leaving when the phone rang
    - właśnie miałam powiedzieć to samo I was just about to a. just going to say the same thing
    - czy mam przez to rozumieć, że… am I to understand (by that) that…
    - mieć coś do sprzedania/zaproponowania to have sth to sell/propose
    - choćby a. żeby nie wiem co się miało stać, (to)… no matter what happens a. might happen…
    - choćbym a. żebym miał pęknąć a. trupem paść pot. even if it kills me pot.
    3. (rezultat) mieć coś zrobione to have sth done
    - mam już napisaną pracę I’ve already written the essay
    - miał ukończone wyższe studia he had been to university/college
    - czy macie załatwione bilety? have you booked/got the tickets?
    - pieniądze mam dobrze schowane I’ve put the money in a safe place
    - mam obiecaną podwyżkę I’ve been promised a rise
    - miał przykazane trzymać język za zębami he was a. he’d been told to keep his mouth shut pot.
    4. (zdziwienie, rozczarowanie) ja miałbym to powiedzieć? I said that?!
    - ona miałaby mi się podobać? you think I find her attractive?
    - miałbyś sumienie to zrobić? could you do (something like) that (with a clear conscience)?
    - to ma być hotel czterogwiazdkowy? (z dezaprobatą) and you/they call this a. this is supposed to be a four-star hotel?!
    - ten grubas to miałbym być ja!? (z niedowierzaniem) is this/that fatso really me? pot.
    - pokazał nam skórę tygrysa, którego miał upolować w Afryce (z powątpiewaniem) he showed us the skin of a tiger, which he is supposed to have killed in Africa
    Ⅲ mieć się 1. (być w stanie, położeniu) to be; (czuć się) to feel, to be
    - ciotka wyzdrowiała i ma się dobrze auntie has recovered and is doing well
    - jak się mają twoi rodzice? how are your parents?
    - jak się masz! (powitanie) how are you?; how’s it going? pot.
    - mam się dzisiaj lepiej I feel better today
    - sprawy mają się nieźle things are working out (quite) well
    - jak się rzeczy mają? how do things stand?
    - rzecz ma się tak, że… the thing is that…
    - jak te dwie wersje mają się do siebie? how do the two versions compare?
    - jak to się ma jedno do drugiego? how do the two compare?
    - teoria nijak się miała do praktyki the theory was (completely) divorced from practice
    - A tak się ma do B, jak C do D a. A i B tak się mają do siebie, jak C i D A is to B like C is to D
    - mieli się do siebie jak dzień do nocy they were like chalk and cheese
    2. (uważać się za) to think a. consider oneself
    - mieć się za artystę/człowieka honoru to consider oneself (to be) an artist/a man of honour
    - (on) ma się za Bóg wie co pot. he thinks he’s God (almighty) pot.
    - miała się za bliską śmierci she thought she was about to a. going to die
    3. (być bliskim) mieć się ku końcowi to be drawing to a close a. an end
    - miało się a. dzień miał się ku zachodowi it was getting towards sunset
    - sytuacja ma się ku lepszemu the situation is looking better
    - ma się na deszcz it looks like rain
    - miało się na burzę a storm was brewing, there was thunder in the air
    - wiedzieć, jak się rzeczy mają to know how things stand a. are
    Ⅳ ma Fin. (zapis księgowy) credit
    - winien i ma debit and credit
    - zapisać coś po stronie „ma” to enter sth on the credit side
    Ⅴ mam! inter. (przypomniałem sobie) I’ve got it!
    - (już) mam! mieszkaliśmy na tej samej ulicy! I’ve got it! we used to live in the same street!
    - mam cię! a. tu cię mam! (złapałem cię, przyłapałem cię) I’ve got you!; got you! pot.
    - mam cię, już mi nie uciekniesz! got you, you won’t get away now!
    Ⅵ nie ma być
    ■ ma się rozumieć a. wiedzieć! it a. that goes without saying!
    - ma się rozumieć, że przyjdę of course I’ll come
    - mieć głowę a. łebpot. (na karku a. nie od parady) to have a good head on one’s shoulders
    - on to ma łeb! he’s no fool!
    - mieć głowę do interesów to have a good head for business
    - nie mam teraz do tego głowy I don’t want to think about it/that now
    - mieć kogoś/coś w nosiepot. a. gdzieśeuf. a. w głębokim poważaniueuf. to not care a damn about sb/sth pot.; to not give a monkey’s about sb/sth pot., euf.
    - mam to wszystko gdzieś! pot. to hell with it all! pot.
    - mieć kogoś/coś w dupie wulg. to not give a shit a. toss GB about sb/sth wulg.
    - sie masz! pot. (powitanie) hi! pot.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > m|ieć

  • 53 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 54 no

    no
    no e poi no absolutely not!, no and that's final!
    come no! of course!, naturally!
    se no otherwise
    dire di no say no
    credo di no I don't think so
    * * *
    1 ( risposta negativa assoluta) no: ''Hai letto questo libro?'' ''No'', ''Have you read this book?'' ''No, I haven't''; ''Ti è piaciuto il film?'' ''No, affatto'', ''Did you like the film?'' ''No, I didn't like it at all''; ''Credi che accetteranno le nostre condizioni?'' ''No, non credo'', ''Do you think they'll accept our terms?'' ''No, I don't think so''; la mia risposta è no, my answer is no // no e poi no!, definitely not! // no, grazie, no, thank you // hai capito, sì o no?, have you understood, or haven't you?
    2 (quando, in ingl., c'è un verbo, espresso o sottinteso, o un avverbio) not: no di certo, certainly not; forse no, maybe not; perché no?, why not?; bello o no, a me piace, I like it, whether it's beautiful or not; a qualcuno è piaciuto, a qualcun altro no, some liked it, some didn't; credo, suppongo di no, I think not, I suppose not (o I don't think so, I don't suppose so); preferisco di no, I'd rather not; se mi piace, lo compero, se no, no, if I like it I'll buy it, if not I won't; Ti sei offeso? Spero di no, Are you offended? I hope not; vieni o no?, are you coming or not?
    3 (nelle domande retoriche, con valore di 'non è vero?'; in ingl. si esprime con le 'tail questions'): fa piuttosto freddo, no?, it's quite cold, isn't it?; sai nuotare, no?, you can swim, can't you?; è stata una bella serata, no?, it was a lovely evening, wasn't it?; sei già stato a Parigi, no?, you've already been to Paris, haven't you?; vi avevo detto di stare attenti, no?, I told you to be careful, didn't I?; a quest'ora saranno partiti, no?, they will have left by now, won't they?
    ◆ s.m. no*; ( rifiuto) refusal: i no, ( voti negativi) the noes: ci furono dieci sì e venti no, there were ten yes and twenty noes; non mi aspettavo un no, I didn't expect a refusal; essere per il no, to be against it; essere tra il sì e il no, to be unable to make up one's mind (o to be undecided) // un bel no, un no chiaro e tondo, a flat refusal // abbiamo deciso per il no, we decided against it
    ◆ agg.invar. (fam.) una giornata no, an off-day.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: anzi che no, rather: è antipatico anzi che no, he's a rather unpleasant type // né sí né no, neither yes nor no, ( in presenza di altra negazione) either yes or no: non dire né sì né no, to say neither yes nor no (o not to say either yes or no) // più sì che no, more likely yes than no // se no, otherwise (o or else o if not): vattene subito, se no..., go away at once, or else... // forse ( che) sì, forse ( che) no, maybe or maybe not; ''Partirai?'' ''Forse sì, forse no'', ''Are you leaving?'' ''Maybe, or maybe not'' // come no!, certainly!, ( eccome) and how! // uno sì e uno no, every second (o every other) person; un giorno sì e uno no, every other day // sì e no, ( circa) about: dovevano essere sì e no una cinquantina, there must have been about fifty of them // dir di no, to say no: non sa dir di no a nessuno, he can't say no to anyone // è difficile, non dico di no, it's hard, I must admit // far cenno di no, far di no col capo, to shake one's head.
    * * *
    (= Novara)
    2. abbr
    (= Nord-Ovest) NW
    * * *
    [no] 1.
    1) (indica negazione, disaccordo) no

    no, grazie — no thanks, no thank you

    "stai bene?" - "no" — "are you well?" - "no, I am not"

    "sai nuotare?" - "no" — "can you swim" - "no, I can't"

    "ti è piaciuto il film?" -"no" — "did you like the film" - "no I didn't"

    questo o questa poi no! definitely not! no way! allora, (la risposta) è no? so the answer is no? assolutamente no absolutely not, no way; "era contento?" - "assolutamente no!" "was he pleased?" - "not at all!"; non è contento, no davvero he isn't at all pleased; no di certo — certainly not, of course not

    penso o credo di no I don't think so; temo di no I fear not, I'm afraid not; spero proprio di no I do hope not; ti dico di no no, I tell you; sembra di no apparently not; meglio di no better not; funziona? lei dice di no does it work? she claims it doesn't; lei è sposata e lui no — she is married and he isn't

    malato o no, verrò — I'll come even if I'm ill

    c'erano sì e no dieci persone — there were barely o no more than ten people

    lo farai, no? — you will do it, won't you?

    Luca è carino, no? — Luca is cute, isn't he?

    te l'avevo detto, no? — I told you, didn't I?

    non sembra difficile, no? — it doesn't seem difficult, does it?

    (oh) no! — (oh) no! (come risposta)

    2.
    aggettivo invariabile colloq.
    3.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile no*

    vincono i no — the nays o the noes have it

    * * *
    no
    /no/
     1 (indica negazione, disaccordo) no; no, grazie no thanks, no thank you; "stai bene?" - "no" "are you well?" - "no, I am not"; "sai nuotare?" - "no" "can you swim" - "no, I can't"; "ti è piaciuto il film?" -"no" "did you like the film" - "no I didn't"; no e poi no! absolutely not! questo o questa poi no! definitely not! no way! allora, (la risposta) è no? so the answer is no? assolutamente no absolutely not, no way; "era contento?" - "assolutamente no!" "was he pleased?" - "not at all!"; non è contento, no davvero he isn't at all pleased; no di certo certainly not, of course not
     2 (sostituisce una proposizione negativa) penso o credo di no I don't think so; temo di no I fear not, I'm afraid not; spero proprio di no I do hope not; ti dico di no no, I tell you; sembra di no apparently not; meglio di no better not; funziona? lei dice di no does it work? she claims it doesn't; lei è sposata e lui no she is married and he isn't
     3 (in una alternativa) che sia d'accordo o no whether he agrees or not; malato o no, verrò I'll come even if I'm ill; vieni (sì) o no? are you coming or not? non dire né sì né no not to give a definite answer; un giorno sì uno no every other o second day; una pagina sì e una no every other page; c'erano sì e no dieci persone there were barely o no more than ten people
     4 (retorico) lo farai, no? you will do it, won't you? Luca è carino, no? Luca is cute, isn't he? te l'avevo detto, no? I told you, didn't I? non sembra difficile, no? it doesn't seem difficult, does it?
     5 (con valore enfatico) (oh) no! (oh) no! (come risposta) come no! I'll bet! indeed! by all means! perché no? why not?
     6 se no →  sennò 
     colloq. una giornata no an off day
    III m. inv
     no*; un no chiaro e tondo a clear no; vincono i no the nays o the noes have it.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > no

  • 55 tanto

    adj.
    so much, all that much, that much, as much.
    adv.
    so much, such a lot, so, so very much.
    pron.
    as much, so much, all that much, that much.
    m.
    1 portion, certain amount.
    2 score point, point.
    * * *
    1 (incontables) so much; (contables) so many
    ■ ¡tengo tanto calor! I'm so hot!
    ■ ¡ha pasado tanto tiempo! it's been so long!
    1 (incontable) so much; (contable) so many
    1 (cantidad) so much
    ■ ¡te quiero tanto! I love you so much!
    2 (tiempo) so long
    3 (frecuencia) so often
    1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal
    2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount
    3 (poco) bit
    \
    a las tantas familiar very late, at an unearthly hour
    a tantos de sometime in
    apuntar un tanto / marcar un tanto (gen) to score a point 2 (fútbol) to score a goal
    con tanto / de tanto with so much
    cuanto más... tanto más... the more... the more...
    en tanto / entre tanto / mientras tanto meanwhile
    eso es tanto como... that is like...
    estar al tanto (informado) to be informed 2 (alerta) to be on the alert
    ni tanto ni tan poco / ni tanto ni tan calvo familiar neither one extreme nor the other
    no es para tanto / no hay para tanto it's not that bad
    no será tanto it can't be as bad as you make out
    otro tanto as much again, the same again
    por lo tanto therefore
    ser uno de tantos / ser una de tantos to be nothing special
    tanto cuanto as much as
    tanto más / tanto menos all the more / all the less
    tanto mejor / tanto peor so much the better / so much the worse
    tanto si... como si... whether... or...
    uno de tantos / una de tantas run-of-the-mill
    ... y tantos /... y tantas (cantidad) odd 2 (año) something
    tanto por ciento percentage
    ————————
    1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal
    2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount
    3 (poco) bit
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) point, goal
    3) rate
    •
    2. (f. - tanta)
    adj.
    1) so many, so much, such
    2) as many, as much
    3. adv.
    •
    - entre tanto
    - por lo tanto
    - un tanto     4. (f. - tanta)
    pron.
    so many, so much
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [indicando gran cantidad] [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

    ¡tuve tanta suerte! — I was so lucky!

    ¡tengo tantas cosas que hacer hoy! — I have so many things to do today!

    • tanto... como — [en singular] as much... as; [en plural] as many... as

    • tanto gusto — how do you do?, pleased to meet you

    2) [indicando cantidad indeterminada]

    hay otros tantos candidatos — there are as many more candidates, there's the same number of candidates again

    2. PRON
    1) (=gran cantidad) [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

    • tanto como — [en singular] as much as; [en plural] as many as

    • es uno de tantos — he's nothing special

    2) (=cantidad indeterminada)

    las tantas (de la madrugada o de la noche) —

    -¿qué hora es? -deben de ser las tantas — "what's the time?" - "it must be pretty late"

    3) [otras locuciones]

    • entre tanto — meanwhile

    • mientras tanto — meanwhile

    • no es para tanto — [al quejarse] it's not as bad as all that; [al enfadarse] there's no need to get like that about it

    • por lo tanto — so, therefore

    ni tanto así —

    ¡y tanto! —

    -¿necesitarás unas vacaciones? -¡y tanto! — "do you need a holiday?" - "you bet I do!"

    3. ADV
    1) [con verbos] [indicando duración, cantidad] so much; [indicando frecuencia] so often

    se preocupa tanto que no puede dormir — he gets so worried that he can't sleep, he worries so much that he can't sleep

    ¡cuesta tanto comprar una casa! — buying a house is such hard work!

    ¡no corras tanto! — don't run so fast!

    ahora no la veo tanto — I don't see so o as much of her now, I don't see her so often now

    • tanto como, él gasta tanto como yo — he spends as much as I do o as me

    tanto como corre, va a perder la carrera — he may be a fast runner, but he's still going to lose the race

    • tanto es así que — so much so that

    montar 2., 3)
    2) [con adjetivos, adverbios]

    los dos son ya mayores, aunque su mujer no tanto — the two of them are elderly, although his wife less so

    • tanto como, es difícil, pero tanto como eso no creo — it's difficult, but not that difficult

    es un poco tacaño, pero tanto como estafador, no — he's a bit on the mean side, but I wouldn't go so far as to call him a swindler

    • es tanto más difícil — it is all the more difficult

    es tanto más loable cuanto que... — it is all the more praiseworthy because...

    • tanto peor — so much the worse

    tanto peor para ti — it's your loss o that's just too bad

    3) [en locuciones conjuntivas]

    • en tanto — as (being)

    • en tanto que — (=mientras que) while; (=como) as

    no puede haber democracia en tanto que siga habiendo torturas — for as long as there is torture, there can never be democracy, there cannot be democracy while there is torture

    4. SM
    1) (=cantidad)

    ¿qué tanto será? — LAm how much (is it)?

    • otro tanto, las máquinas costaron otro tanto — the machines cost as much again o the same again

    2) (=punto) (Ftbl, Hockey) goal; (Baloncesto, Tenis) point

    • apuntar los tantos — to keep score

    tanto a favor — goal for, point for

    tanto en contra — goal against, point against

    apuntarse 3)
    3)

    • estar al tanto — to be up to date

    • mantener a algn al tanto de algo — to keep sb informed about sth

    • poner a algn al tanto de algo — to put sb in the picture about sth

    4)

    • un tanto — [como adv] rather

    * * *
    I
    1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

    si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

    y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

    tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

    tan/tanto... como — as... as

    sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

    2) (AmL exc RPl)

    qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

    3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
    II
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

    había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

    tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

    tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

    tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

    2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many
    III
    - ta pronombre
    1)
    a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

    quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

    ¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

    ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

    no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

    duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

    tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

    cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

    aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

    en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

    entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

    hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

    cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

    otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

    tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...

    IV
    1) ( cantidad)
    2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

    al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

    * * *
    I
    1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

    si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

    y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

    tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

    tan/tanto... como — as... as

    sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

    2) (AmL exc RPl)

    qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

    3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
    II
    - ta adjetivo
    1)
    a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

    había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

    tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

    tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

    tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

    2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many
    III
    - ta pronombre
    1)
    a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

    quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

    ¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

    ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

    no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

    duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

    tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

    cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

    aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

    en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

    entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

    hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

    cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

    otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

    tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...

    IV
    1) ( cantidad)
    2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

    al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

    * * *
    tanto1
    * al tanto = in the know, in step.
    * al tanto de = on the lookout for, on the alert for, in step with.
    * debe por lo tanto ser una consecuencia lógica que = it must therefore follow that.
    * en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.
    * estar al tanto = monitor + developments.
    * estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.
    * mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.
    * mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.
    * mientras tanto = in (the) meantime, meantime, ad interim.
    * no estar al tanto de = be out of touch with.
    * otros tantos = as many.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    tanto2
    = so much, so + Participio, quite so much.

    Ex: It is rather a pity that book reviewers tend to ignore this very popular genre so much.

    Ex: On the other hand, 626 is now unused, for the subject to which it was originally allocated, Canal engineering, has so decreased in importance that it no longer justifies a separate heading.
    Ex: But we are not then acting quite so much out of blindness or inarticulateness; we are selfishly or fearfully or wilfully trying to short-circuit what we know underneath to be more nearly the true state of things.
    * cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.
    * cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.
    * cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.
    * cambiar tanto que resulta irreconocible = change + beyond (all) recognition.
    * con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.
    * con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.
    * con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.
    * con tanta frecuencia = so often.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.
    * durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * en tanto en cuanto = as long as, so long as.
    * en tanto en cuanto que = inasmuch as, insomuch as.
    * en tanto en cuanto + Subjuntivo = provided (that).
    * en tanto que = insofar as [in so far as].
    * es por lo tanto deducible = it therefore follows that.
    * es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * no tan bueno = not-so-good.
    * quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * tan = all too + Adjetivo.
    * tan + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo, so + Adjetivo, as + Adjetivo + as that.
    * tan + Adjetivo/Adverbio = all that + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.
    * tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan a menudo = so often.
    * tan anunciado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded.
    * tan astuto como un zorro = as sly as a fox, as wily as a fox.
    * tan borracho como una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.
    * tan cacareado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded, much acclaimed.
    * tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * tan duro como el pedernal = as hard as nails.
    * tan duro como la piedra = as hard as nails.
    * tan duro como la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * tan duro como una piedra = as hard as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.
    * tan famoso = much acclaimed.
    * tan fresco = as cool as a cucumber.
    * tan inocente como un bebé = as innocent as a lamb.
    * tan lejano como = as far afield as.
    * tan lejos como = as far away as.
    * tan manso como un cordero = as meek as a lamb.
    * tan pancho = as cool as a cucumber, unfazed.
    * tan pregonado = much-vaunted.
    * tan pronto = quite so soon.
    * tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.
    * tan pronto como + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap), at an early a juncture as possible.
    * tan querido de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan rápido como una liebre = as quick as a wink.
    * tan rápido como un rayo = as quick as a wink.
    * tan rápido como un relámpago = as quick as a wink.
    * tan renombrado = much acclaimed.
    * tan simple como = with as little ado as.
    * tan sordo como una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.
    * tan suave como el terciopelo = as smooth as silk, as soft as velvet.
    * tan suave como la seda = as soft as silk, as smooth as silk.
    * tan suave como un guante = as meek as a lamb.
    * tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.
    * tanto como sea posible = as far as possible.
    * tanto como siempre = as much as ever.
    * tanto es así que = so much so that.
    * tanto mejor = so much the better.
    * tanto por ciento = percentage.
    * tanto que = so much so that, insomuch that.
    * tantos = so many.
    * tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.
    * tan tranquilo = unfazed.
    * tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.

    tanto3
    3 = goal.

    Ex: Kristen Taylor leads Carolina with three goals and an assist.

    * encargado de anotar los tantos = scorer.
    * marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.
    * tanto de la victoria = winning goal.
    * tanto del empate = equaliser [equalizer, -USA].

    * * *
    es tan difícil de describir it's so difficult to describe
    ¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!
    ¡te he echado tanto de menos! I've missed you so much!
    si es así, tanto mejor if that's the case, so much the better
    y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti and if you don't like it, too bad o ( colloq) tough!
    vamos, no es tan difícil come on, it's not that difficult
    ¡y tanto! and how!
    el tan esperado acontecimiento the long-awaited event
    ya no cenamos afuera tanto nowadays we don't eat out so often o so much
    de tanto que habla te marea he talks so much he makes your head spin
    es tanto más importante cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos ( frml); it is all the more important because it is his only source of income
    no deberías trabajar/gastar tanto you shouldn't work so hard/spend so much
    tan/tanto … QUE:
    llegó tan tarde que ya no había nadie he arrived so late (that) everybody had gone
    tanto insistió que no tuve más remedio que quedarme he was so insistent that I just had to stay
    tan/tanto … COMO:
    no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks
    sale tanto como tú/como se lo permiten los compromisos he goes out as much o as often as you do/as his commitments allow
    tan pronto como le sea posible as soon as you can, as soon as possible
    no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar el torneo they haven't improved enough to win the tournament
    tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against
    te lo cobran tanto si lo comes como si no lo comes they charge you for it whether you eat it or not
    B
    ( AmL exc CS): qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?
    es difícil decir qué tanto hay de autobiográfico en la novela it is difficult to say how much of the novel is autobiographical
    C para locs ver tanto3 pron B. (↑ tanto (3))
    tanto2 -ta
    A
    1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many
    no sabía que había tanto espacio/tantas habitaciones I didn't know there was so much space/there were so many rooms
    había tantísima gente ( fam); there were so many o such a lot of people
    ¡tiene tanta fuerza …! she has such strength …!, she is so strong …!
    ¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!, it's been such a long time!
    tanto … QUE:
    comió tanto chocolate que le hizo mal he ate so much chocolate (that) it made him ill
    tanto … COMO:
    tengo tanto derecho como el que más I've got as much right as anyone else o as the next man
    no ha habido tantos turistas como el año pasado there haven't been as many o so many tourists as last year
    2 ( fam)
    (expresando cantidades indeterminadas): tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd ( colloq)
    mil quinientos y tantos pesos one thousand five hundred and something pesos, fifteen hundred something pesos ( AmE)
    B ( sing) ( fam) (con valor plural) so many
    había tanto mosquito que no pudimos dormir there were so many mosquitoes we couldn't sleep
    tanto3 -ta
    A
    1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many
    ¿no querías azúcar? — sí, pero no tanta didn't you want sugar? — yes, but not that much
    vinieron tantos que no alcanzaron los asientos so many people came there weren't enough seats
    es uno de tantos he's one of many
    ¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!
    ¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?
    ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco there's no need to go that far
    no es para tanto ( fam): no te pongas así, hombre; tampoco es para tanto come on, there's no need to get like that about it
    duele un poco, pero no es para tanto it hurts a bit, but it's not that bad
    no pinta mal pero tampoco es para tanto she's not a bad artist but she's not that good
    tanto monta, monta tanto ( Esp); it makes no difference, it's as broad as it is long ( colloq)
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2 ( fam)
    (expresando cantidades indeterminadas): hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morning
    te cobran tanto por folio/por minuto they charge you so much a sheet/a minute
    en el año mil ochocientos treinta y tantos in eighteen thirty-something
    cincuenta y tantas fifty-odd, fifty or so
    3
    hace tanto que no me llama she hasn't called me for such a long time o for so long, it's been so long since she called me
    todavía faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?
    B ( en locs):
    en tanto while
    en tanto ella atendía a los clientes, él cocinaba while she served the customers, he did the cooking
    en tanto + SUBJ as long as, so long as
    en tanto tú estés aquí as long as you're here
    en tanto que ( frml) (como) as; (dado que) inasmuch as ( frml), insofar as ( frml)
    entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime
    hasta tanto + SUBJ
    ( frml): hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto until this conflict is solved
    otro tanto: otro tanto cabe decir de su política exterior the same can be said of their foreign policy
    me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as many again still to do
    cuesta unos $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto it costs about $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again
    por (lo) tanto therefore
    tan siquiera: ¡si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!
    no le escribió ni tan siquiera una notita he didn't even write her a little note
    cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers o buy her some flowers, at least
    tan sólo only
    tenía tan sólo cuatro años he was only four years old
    por tan sólo dos mil pesos for only o for as little as two thousand pesos
    tanto es así or tan así es so much so
    se sentía mal, tanto es así que no quiso comer she felt ill, so much so that she didn't want anything to eat
    tanto más cuanto que specially since, all the more so because
    es importante, tanto más cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos it's important, specially since o all the more so because it's his only source of income
    A
    (cantidad): recibe un tanto por ciento por cada venta she gets a percentage o a certain percentage on every sale
    tienes que entregar un tanto de depósito you have to put down so much o a certain amount as a deposit
    B (punto — en fútbol) goal; (— en fútbol americano) point; (— en tenis, en juegos) point
    apuntarse un tanto to score a point
    C ( en locs):
    al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture
    me mantengo al tanto de lo que pasa en el mundo I keep abreast of o I keep up to date with what is going on in the world
    te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed
    ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened
    estáte al tanto para cuando venga keep an eye out for him ( colloq)
    un tanto somewhat, rather, a little
    un tanto triste somewhat o rather o a little sad
    * * *

     

    tanto 1 adverbio
    1 [ see note under


    ( aplicado a verbo) so much;

    ¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!;
    tanto mejor so much the better;
    tan solo only;
    tanto es así que … so much so that …;
    ya no salimos tanto we don't go out so often o so much now;
    llegó tan tarde que … he arrived so late (that) …;
    no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks;
    sale tanto como tú he goes out as much as you do;
    tan pronto como puedas as soon as you can;
    tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against
    2 (AmL exc RPl)
    ◊ qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tanto te duele? how much does it hurt?;

    ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    1 ( cantidad):

    hay que dejar un tanto de depósito you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit
    2 ( punto — en fútbol) goal;
    (— en fútbol americano, tenis, juegos) point
    3 ( en locs)
    ◊ al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture;

    mantenerse al tanto de algo to keep up to date with sth;
    estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq);
    está al tanto de lo ocurrido he knows what's happened;
    un tanto somewhat, rather;
    un tanto triste somewhat sad
    tanto 2
    ◊ -ta adjetivo

    a) ( sing) so much;

    (pl) so many;
    ◊ había tanto espacio/tantos niños there was so much space/there were so many children;

    ¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!;
    tanto dinero/tantos turistas como … as much money/as many tourists as …


    ■ pronombre
    1
    a) ( sing) so much;

    (pl) so many;
    ◊ ¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!;

    vinieron tantos que … so many people came (that) …;
    ¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?;
    no ser para tanto (fam): duele, pero no es para tanto it hurts, but it's not that bad


    treinta y tantas thirty or so


    aún faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?
    2 ( en locs)

    entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime;
    otro tanto as much again;
    me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as much again still to do;
    por (lo) tanto therefore
    tanto,-a
    I adjetivo & pron
    1 (gran cantidad, mucho) (con singular) so much
    (con plural) so many: ¿cómo puedes ahorrar tanto (dinero)?, how are you able to save so much money?
    no necesito tantos folios, I don't need so many sheets of paper
    ¡hace tanto tiempo!, it's been so long!
    no es para tanto, it's not that bad
    2 (cantidad imprecisa) le costó cuarenta y tantos dólares, it cost her forty-odd dollars
    tiene cincuenta y tantos años, he's fifty something o fifty-odd
    3 (en comparaciones: con singular) as much
    (: en plural) as many: tiene tantos amigos como tú, he has as many friends as you
    II adverbio tanto 1 (hasta tal punto) so much: no deberías beber tanto, you shouldn't drink so much
    si vienes con nosotros, tanto mejor, if you come with us, so much the better
    tanto peor, so much the worse
    2 (referido a tiempo) so long: tardé un mes en escribirlo, - ¿tanto?, I spent one month writing it, - so long?
    (a menudo) ya no sale tanto, nowadays he doesn't go out so often
    III sustantivo masculino tanto 1 Dep point
    Ftb goal
    2 (una cantidad determinada) a certain amount
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado apuntarse un tanto, to score a point
    estar al tanto, to be up-to-date
    poner al tanto, to put sb in the picture
    a las tantas: me llamó a las tantas de la madrugada/de la noche, she phoned me in the early hours of the morning/very late at night
    entre tanto, meanwhile
    otro tanto, as much again
    por lo tanto, therefore
    tanto (...) como (...), both: tanto Pedro como María, both Pedro and María
    tanto por ciento, percentage
    un tanto, somewhat, rather, a bit
    un tanto cansado, rather tired
    ¡y tanto!, and how!
    ' tanto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alquilar
    - amargada
    - amargado
    - atonía
    - bar
    - calva
    - calvo
    - ciento
    - cuñada
    - cuñado
    - embrutecerse
    - empañar
    - escarnio
    - fastidio
    - griterío
    - gusto
    - hartar
    - hermano
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - idiotizar
    - licuación
    - marcar
    - mejor
    - mientras
    - mucha
    - mucho
    - normal
    - objeto
    - padre
    - para
    - parecerse
    - permitirse
    - que
    - ronca
    - ronco
    - satisfacción
    - sobrino
    - tanta
    - tela
    - toda
    - todo
    - tutearse
    - ver
    - vencerse
    - anotar
    - anular
    - apuntar
    - arreglar
    - así
    English:
    acquaint
    - all
    - alone
    - as
    - awaken
    - ball
    - better
    - bog down
    - both
    - critical
    - delay
    - din
    - ear
    - excitement
    - fall apart
    - fuss over
    - hence
    - labour
    - lie down
    - meantime
    - meanwhile
    - monopolize
    - much
    - must
    - name
    - neither
    - packaging
    - picture
    - point
    - privy
    - rupture
    - score
    - scorer
    - so
    - somewhat
    - song
    - spin out
    - stretch out
    - such
    - that
    - therefore
    - this
    - whereas
    - work
    - alike
    - begrudge
    - cope
    - every
    - fail
    - follow
    * * *
    tanto, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
    [plural] so many;
    tanto dinero so much money, such a lot of money;
    tanta gente so many people;
    tiene tanto entusiasmo/tantos amigos que… she is so enthusiastic/has so many friends that…;
    Fam
    nunca había visto tanto niño junto en mi vida I'd never seen so many children in one place;
    de tanto gritar se quedó afónico he lost his voice from all that shouting, he shouted so much that he lost his voice;
    ¡tanto quejarse del tiempo y luego se mudan a Alaska! they never stop complaining about the weather and then they move to Alaska!
    2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
    [plural] so many;
    nos daban tantos pesos al día they used to give us so many pesos per day;
    hay cuarenta y tantos candidatos there are forty-odd o forty or so candidates;
    tiene treinta y tantos años she's thirty-something o thirty-odd;
    nos conocimos en el año sesenta y tantos we met in nineteen sixty-something
    3. [en comparaciones]
    tanto… como as much… as;
    tantos… como as many… as;
    hoy no hay tanta gente como ayer there aren't as many people today as yesterday
    ♦ pron
    1. [tan gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
    [plural] so many;
    tenemos tanto de qué hablar we have so much o such a lot to talk about;
    ¿cómo puedes tener tantos? how can you have so many?;
    éramos tantos que faltó comida there were so many of us we ran out of food;
    ser uno de tantos to be nothing special
    2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
    [plural] so many;
    si el petróleo está a tanto el barril… if oil costs so much a barrel…;
    a tantos de agosto on such and such a date in August;
    ocurrió en el sesenta y tantos it happened in nineteen sixty-something
    3. [igual cantidad] [singular] as much;
    [plural] as many;
    tantos as many;
    tantos como desees as many as you like;
    había mucha gente aquí, pero allí no había tanta there were a lot of people here, but there weren't as many there;
    otro tanto as much again, the same again;
    otro tanto le ocurrió a los demás the same thing happened to the rest of them;
    ponme otro tanto same again, please;
    Fam
    ni tanto ni tan calvo there's no need to go to extremes;
    Esp
    tanto monta, monta tanto it makes no difference, it's all the same to me/him/ etc
    ♦ adv
    1. [mucho]
    tanto (que…) [cantidad] so much (that…);
    [tiempo] so long (that…);
    no bebas tanto don't drink so much;
    de eso hace tanto que ya no me acordaba it's been so long since that happened that I don't even remember;
    la aprecia tanto que… he's so fond of her that…;
    ya no llueve tanto it's not raining as much o so hard now;
    ya no vienen tanto por aquí they don't come here so often o as much any more;
    la quiero, pero no tanto I like her, but not that much;
    quizás tardemos una hora en llegar – ¡no tanto! it may take us an hour to get there – it won't take that long!;
    ¿nos denunciarán? – no creo que la cosa llegue a tanto will they report us? – I don't think it will come to that;
    no es para tanto [no es tan grave, malo] it's not too serious;
    [no te enfades] there's no need to get so upset about it, it's not such a big deal;
    ¿el mejor escritor de la historia? yo creo que no es para tanto the best writer ever? I don't see what all the fuss is about myself;
    faltan cien kilómetros todavía – ¿tanto? there are still a hundred kilometres to go – as much as that?;
    tanto (es así) que… so much so that…;
    odia las fiestas, tanto es así que no celebra ni su cumpleaños he hates parties, so much so that he doesn't even celebrate his own birthday;
    tanto más cuanto que… all the more so because…;
    tanto mejor/peor so much the better/worse;
    si no nos quieren invitar, tanto peor para ellos if they don't want to invite us, that's their loss;
    ¡y tanto! absolutely!, you bet!;
    hay cosas más importantes en la vida – ¡y tanto! there are more important things in life – there certainly are! o that's too true!
    2. [en comparaciones]
    tanto como as much as;
    me gusta tanto como a ti I like it (just) as much as you do;
    la casa está deteriorada, pero no tanto como para demolerla the house is in a poor state of repair, but not so as you'd want to demolish it;
    tanto hombres como mujeres both men and women;
    tanto si estoy en casa como si no whether I'm at home or not
    3. Am
    qué tanto [cuánto]: [m5]¿qué tanto lo conoces? how well do you know him?;
    no importa qué tanto sepan de tecnología it doesn't matter how much they know about technology
    ♦ nm
    1. [punto] point;
    [gol] goal;
    marcar un tanto to score
    tanto directo de saque [en tenis] ace;
    tanto de saque [en tenis] service point
    2. [ventaja] point;
    apuntarse un tanto (a favor) to earn a point in one's favour
    3. [poco]
    un tanto a bit, rather;
    es un tanto pesada she's a bit of a bore o rather boring;
    se le ve un tanto triste he seems rather sad
    4. [cantidad indeterminada]
    un tanto so much, a certain amount;
    te cobran un tanto por la reparación y otro por el desplazamiento they charge you so much o a certain amount for the repair work and on top of that a call-out charge;
    un tanto así [acompañado de un gesto] this much
    tanto por ciento percentage;
    ¿qué tanto por ciento de IVA llevan los libros? what percentage Br VAT o US sales tax do you pay on books?
    ♦ al tanto loc adv
    siempre está al tanto de todo she always knows everything that's going on;
    no estoy al tanto de lo que ha pasado I'm not up to date with what happened;
    mantener a alguien al tanto de algo [informado] to keep sb up to date on o informed about sth;
    te mantendremos al tanto we'll keep you informed;
    mantenerse al tanto (de algo) to keep up to date (on sth), to keep oneself informed (about sth);
    poner a alguien al tanto (de algo) to inform sb (about sth)
    ♦ en tanto que loc conj
    1. [mientras, hasta que] while;
    espera en tanto que acabamos wait while we finish
    2. [mientras, pero] while, whereas;
    él dimitió en tanto que los demás siguieron en el cargo he resigned while o whereas the others remained in their posts
    ♦ en tanto que loc prep
    [como] as;
    en tanto que director, me corresponde la decisión as manager, it's for me to decide
    ♦ entre tanto loc adv
    [mientras] meanwhile;
    haz las camas y entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds and, meanwhile, I'll do the dishes
    ♦ hasta tanto loc conj
    [hasta que] until;
    hasta tanto no se reúnan until they meet
    ♦ por (lo) tanto loc conj
    therefore, so
    * * *
    I adj so much; igual cantidad as much;
    tantos pl so many; igual número as many;
    comí tantos pasteles que me puse malo I ate so many candies that I was ill;
    no vimos tantos pájaros como ayer we didn’t see as many birds as we did yesterday
    II pron so much; igual cantidad as much;
    un tanto a little;
    tantos pl so many; igual número as many;
    uno de tantos one of many;
    tienes tanto you have so much;
    no hay tantos como ayer there aren’t as many as yesterday;
    a las tantas de la noche in the small hours
    III adv so much; igual cantidad as much; periodo so long;
    tardó tanto como él she took as long as him;
    tanto mejor so much the better;
    no es para tanto it’s not such a big deal;
    a tanto no llega things aren’t as bad as that;
    tanto es así que … so much so that…;
    tanto (me) da I don’t really care;
    ¡y tanto! yeah!, right on!
    :
    por lo tanto therefore, so;
    entre tanto meanwhile;
    ella trabajaba en tanto que él veía la televisión she was working while he was watching television
    V m
    1 point;
    marcar un tanto DEP score a point;
    tanto por ciento percentage
    2
    :
    estar al tanto be informed (de about)
    3
    :
    él es muy inteligente, y ella otro tanto he is very intelligent and so is she o and she is too
    * * *
    tanto adv
    1) : so much
    tanto mejor: so much the better
    2) : so long
    ¿por qué te tardaste tanto?: why did you take so long?
    tanto, -ta adj
    1) : so much, so many, such
    no hagas tantas preguntas: don't ask so many questions
    tiene tanto encanto: he has such charm, he's so charming
    2) : as much, as many
    come tantos dulces como yo: she eats as many sweets as I do
    3) : odd, however many
    cuarenta y tantos años: forty-odd years
    tanto nm
    1) : certain amount
    2) : goal, point (in sports)
    3)
    al tanto : abreast, in the picture
    4)
    un tanto : somewhat, rather
    un tanto cansado: rather tired
    tanto, -ta pron
    1) : so much, so many
    tiene tanto que hacer: she has so much to do
    ¡no me des tantos!: don't give me so many!
    2)
    entre tanto : meanwhile
    3)
    por lo tanto : therefore
    * * *
    tanto1 adj pron
    ¡hay tantos mosquitos! there are so many mosquitoes!
    Cuando se traduce con un adjetivo en inglés, se usa so a secas
    tanto... como as much... as / as many... as
    ... y tantos... something
    tanto2 adv
    1. (en general) so much
    2. (tiempo) so long
    tardabas tanto, que me fui you took so long, that I went
    tanto... como... both... and...
    tanto3 n point / goal

    Spanish-English dictionary > tanto

  • 56 buru

    iz.
    1. Anat.
    a. head; \burua gora ekarriko du he'll come with his head held high; \burua behera ekarriko du he'll come with his head hanging low; \burua hautsi zion he smashed his head in
    b. (esa.) \burutik oinera from head to foot; \burua egingo nuke egia dela I'd bet my life it's true; ez du \bururik ez buztanik it makes no sense at all; \buru eta bihotz heart and soul; \buru agertu i. to uncover one's head ii. (nabaritu) to stand off, make o.s. conspicuous; bere \burua aitaren aurrean agertu zuen he appeared before his father; \burua jaso to raise one's head
    2. (gauzakiei d., e.a.)
    a. Tek. head
    b. head; orratzaren \burua the head of a needle
    c. (ezpatari d.) pommel
    d. (oheari d.) bedstead
    e. (etxeari d.) top
    3. Nekaz. head; hogei \buru dituzte abeltegi hartan they've got twenty head of cattle in that corral
    a. end; kale \buruan dago it's at the end of the street; \burutik \burura i. from end to end ii. (liburuari d.) from cover to cover; \bururen \buru (I) from beginning to end; -(r)i \buru eman to put an end to; \burutan atera to carry out |to finish
    b. (hatzari d.) tip; hatz-\buru fingertip\buru
    5. (aurrekoalde) head; manifestazioaren \buru\\\buruzebilen he went at the head of the demonstration
    b. liburaren \buruan at the beginning of the book
    a. head, leader; sail\buru department head | head of the department; Elizaren \burua the head of the Church ; familiaren \burua the head of the family; nor da etxe honetako \buru\\\burua? who is the head of this household?; nik, bederen, posible ikusten dut, noizbait, nekearen nekez, Sri Lankako Gobernu batek, nornahi duela \buru, amore ematea autodeterminazioaren eskakizunari I, for one, think it possible that some day, after a great deal of strife, a government in Sri Lanka, whoever heads it, will give in to the demand for self-determination
    b. (bilerari, bilkurari d.) \buru izan to preside (- (e)an: at) ; \buru ibili to preside; \buru dabilen apezpiku \\ apezpikutza \\ agintari \\ apaizgodun aitzindari presiding Bishop \\ Bishopric \\ authority \\ priesthood leader
    a. mind, head; \buru argia du she's got a bright mind; \burua behar da horretarako you've got to have a mind for that; \burutan hartu to bear in mind; bihotz euskaldunaren eta \buru erdaldunaren arteko borroka amaigabea the never-ending struggle between the Basque-speaking heart and the {Spanish-speaking || French-speaking} mind
    b. (esa.) i-i \burua berotu i. to rile up, stir up ii. (zirrara eman) to excite; edariak \burua berotzen du drink excites you iii. (kezkatu) to worry ; \burua galdu to lose one's mind ; i-i \burua hartu i. (alkoholak i-r, e.a.) to cloud; pattarrak \burua hartu zion booze clouded his mind ii. (beti berdin pentsarazi) to get to one's head ; i-i \burua jan to brainwash sb ; -(r)i \burua zoratu to go mad; \buruak eman to occur; \buruak ematen dion guztia egin behar du he's got to do whatever strikes his fancy; \buruan erabili i. to think of | to ponder about; zer edo zer erabiliko du \buruan dirurik ez galtzeko he'll of think something so as not to lose any money ii. (azpikerietan ibili) to plot ; \buru(t)an hartu to take into consideration |to give thought to; \buruan gatza izan (du/ad.) to be bright; \buruan sartu i. (bururatu, otu) to get... into one's head | to get the idea ii. (hartu, ulertu) to understand, grasp; horrelako gauzak ez dira nire \buruan sartzen I simply can't understand such things; \burutik egon to be {mad || crazy || nuts}, be off one's rocker; \burutik {igaro || pasa} i. to go through one's mind ii. (aurrez susmatu) to have a feeling; susmo txar bat igaro zitzaion \burutik she had a terrible foreboding; \burutik jauzi to go {crazy || mad}, crack up ; \burutik joanda crazy, mad ; \burutik {kendu || atera || bota} to forget; ezin zuen \burutik kendu he couldn't get her out of his {mind || head}; beldurra \burutik kentzeko in order to get over the fear
    8. (oroimen) memory, head; \buru txarra du he's got a bad memory | he's got a head like a sieve
    9. (jatorri) origin; bekatu guztien \burua the origin of all sins
    10. Geog. Naut. cape
    b. (mendikoa) top, peak
    11. Landr.
    a. (gariarena) ear
    b. (artoarena) cob, ear
    12. Mat. \burura gorde to carry; hamar gehi hamaika hogeita bat eta \bururako bi ten plus eleven equals twenty-one carry two
    13. (arma) warhead; \buru nuklear nuclear warhead
    14.
    a. self; nire \buruari esan nion... I said to myself...; bere \burua garbitu du he killed himself; bere \burua trenari bota zion he threw himself against a train; \burua zuritu to justify oneself; nork bere \buruaz beste egin to kill o.s. | to commit suicide; begi zorrotzak izan ditut hutsak ikusteko, batez ere, huts horiek geure \buruarenak, neronenak barne, direnean I've kept a sharp eye out for mistakes, especially mistakes committed by ourselves, including my own
    b. ez dut nahi zuekin \burua bat egin I do not wish to join you
    c. [izenen aurrean] self-; \burujabetasun independence

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > buru

  • 57 ὁ

    ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

     (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

     ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

     ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

     ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

     ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

     (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

     (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

     ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

     the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

     ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

     ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

     : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

     ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

     ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

     ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

     ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

     (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

     III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

     ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

     ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

     : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

     II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

     : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

     ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

     ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

     ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

     :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

     in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

     ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

     ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

     ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

     ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

     : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

     ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

     : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

     codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

     the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

     ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

     ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

     ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

     ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

     ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

     ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

     ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

     ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

     ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

     ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

     : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

     ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

     that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

     ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

     ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

     ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

     ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ

  • 58 sisto

    sisto, stĭti (Charis. p. 220, and Diom. p. 369, give steti for both sisto and sto, confining stiti to the compounds of both. But steti, as perfect of sisto, is late jurid. Lat., and perh. dub.;

    for steterant,

    Verg. A. 3, 110;

    steterint,

    id. ib. 3, 403; Liv. 8, 32, 12, belong to stare; cf. also Gell. 2, 14, 1 sqq.; and v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 461 sq.), stătum [root stă, strengthened by reduplication; cf. histêmi], used in two general senses, I. To cause to stand, place, = colloco, pono; II. To stand, be placed, = sto.
    I.
    Sistere, in gen., = collocare (in class. prose only in the partic. uses, v. A. 4. C. and D., infra).
    A.
    Causative, with acc.
    1.
    To place = facere ut stet; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with ad, super, etc., and acc.:

    O qui me gelidis in vallibus Haemi Sistat,

    Verg. G. 2, 489:

    tertia lux classem Cretaeis sistet in oris,

    id. A. 3, 117 (classis stat;

    v. sto): inque tuo celerem litore siste gradum,

    Ov. H. 13, 102 (cf. infra, III. 2. A.):

    jaculum clamanti (al. clamantis) sistit in ore,

    plants the dart in his face, Verg. A. 10, 323:

    disponit quas in fronte manus, medio quas robore sistat,

    Stat. Th. 7, 393:

    (equum ligneum) sacratā sistimus arā,

    Verg. A. 2, 245:

    aeternis potius me pruinis siste,

    Stat. Th. 4, 395: ut stata (est) lux pelago, as soon as light was set ( shone) on the sea, id. ib. 5, 476:

    victima Sistitur ante aras,

    Ov. M. 15, 132:

    quam (suem) Aeneas ubi... sistit ad aram,

    Verg. A. 8, 85:

    post haec Sistitur crater,

    Ov. M. 8, 669: vestigia in altero (monte) sisti (non posse), that no footprints can be placed ( made) on the other mountain, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211:

    cohortes expeditas super caput hostium sistit,

    Tac. H. 3, 77; cf. id. A. 12, 13; Stat. Th. 4, 445; Sil. 4, 612. —
    2.
    To place, as the result of guidance or conveyance; hence, to convey, to send, lead, take, conduct to, = facere ut veniat; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with advv. of place: officio meo ripā sistetur in illā Haec, will be carried by me to, etc., Ov. M. 9, 109:

    terrā sistēre petitā,

    id. ib. 3, 635:

    (vos) facili jam tramite sistam,

    Verg. A. 6, 676:

    ut eum in Syriā aut Aegypto sisterent orabat,

    to convey him to, Tac. H. 2, 9.—So with hic (= in with abl.) or huc (= in with acc.):

    hic siste patrem,

    Sen. Phoen. 121:

    Annam huc siste sororem,

    Verg. A. 4, 634.—
    3.
    To place an army in order of battle, draw up, = instruere:

    aciem in litore sistit,

    Verg. A. 10, 309; cf.:

    sistere tertiam decimam legionem in ipso aggere jubet,

    Tac. H. 3, 21.—
    4.
    Se sistere = to betake one's self, to present one's self, to come (so twice in Cicero's letters):

    des operam, id quod mihi affirmasti, ut te ante Kal. Jan., ubicumque erimus, sistas,

    Cic. Att. 3, 25:

    te vegetum nobis in Graeciā sistas,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 6 (cf. infra, E.):

    hic dea se primum rapido pulcherrima nisu Sistit,

    Verg. A. 11, 853.—
    5.
    With two acc. (cf.: praesto, reddo) = to cause to be in a certain condition, to place, etc.; often with dat. of interest (ante- and post-class., and poet.; cf.

    supra, 4.): ego vos salvos sistam,

    I will place you in safety, see you to a safe place, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 5:

    omnia salva sistentur tibi,

    all will be returned to you in good order, id. ib. 5, 3, 3; so,

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123; cf.:

    rectius tacitas tibi res sistam, quam quod dictum est mutae mulieri,

    will keep your secrets, id. ib. 4, 2, 54:

    neque (dotem) incolumem sistere illi, et detraxe autument,

    that you deliver it entire to her, id. Trin. 3, 3, 15:

    cum te reducem aetas prospera sistet,

    Cat. 64, 238: tu modo servitio vacuum me siste (= praesta) superbo, set me free from, Prop. 4, 16 (3, 17), 42:

    tutum patrio te limine sistam,

    will see you safe home, Verg. A. 2, 620:

    praedā onustos triumphantesque mecum domos reduces sistatis,

    Liv. 29, 27, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Pelasgis siste levem campum,

    Stat. Th. 8, 328:

    modo se isdem in terris victorem sisterent,

    Tac. A. 2, 14:

    operā tuā sistas hunc nobis sanum atque validum,

    give him back to us, safe and sound, Gell. 18, 10, 7: ita mihi salvam ac sospitem rempublicam sistere in suā sede liceat, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 28.—
    b.
    Neutr, with double nom., = exsistere, to be, to become: judex extremae sistet vitaeque necisque, he will become a judge, etc., Manil. 4, 548 (dub.):

    tempora quod sistant propriis parentia signis,

    id. 3, 529 (dub.; al. sic stant; cf. infra, II.).—
    B.
    As neuter verb, to stand, rest, be placed, lie ( poet.);

    constr. like sto: ne quis mihi obstiterit obviam, nam qui obstiterit, ore sistet,

    will lie on his face, Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 13 Brix ad loc.: (nemo sit) tantā gloriā... quin cadat, quin capite sistat, will be placed or stand on his head, id. Curc. 2, 3, 8:

    ibi crebro, credo, capite sistebant cadi,

    id. Mil. 3, 2, 36 Lorenz (Brix, hoc illi crebro capite):

    ipsum si quicquam posse in se sistere credis,

    to rest upon itself, Lucr. 1, 1057:

    neque posse in terrā sistere terram,

    nor can the earth rest upon itself, id. 2, 603:

    at conlectus aquae... qui lapides inter sistit per strata viarum,

    id. 4, 415:

    incerti quo fata ferant, ubi sistere detur,

    to rest, to stay, Verg. A. 3, 7; cf.:

    quaesitisque diu terris, ubi sistere detur,

    Ov. M. 1, 307. —
    C.
    As jurid. term.
    1.
    In both a causative and neuter sense = to produce in court, or to appear in court after being bound over by the judge or by promise to the adversary (vadimonium); constr. either absol. or with the dat. of the adversary to whom the promise is made (alicui sisti), to appear upon somebody's demand; also, in judicio sisti. The present active is either used reflexively (se sistere = to appear), or with a transitive object (sistere aliquem = to produce in court one in whose behalf the promise has been made). The present passive, sisti, sistendus, sistitur, = to appear or to be produced. The perfect act., stiti, stitisse, rarely the perfect passive, status sum, = to have appeared, I appeared. So in all periods of the language:

    cum autem in jus vocatus fuerit adversarius, ni eo die finitum fuerit negotium, vadimonium ei faciendum est, id est ut promittat se certo die sisti,

    Gai. 4, 184:

    fit ut Alfenus promittat, Naevio sisti Quinctium,

    that Quinctius would be forthcoming upon Naevius's complaint, Cic. Quint. 21, 67; cf. id. ib. 8, 30 (v. infra, B.):

    testificatur, P. Quinctium non stitisse, et se stitisse,

    id. ib. 6, 25:

    quin puellam sistendam promittat (= fore ut puella sistatur in judicio),

    Liv. 3, 45, 3:

    interrogavit quisquam, in quem diem locumque vadimonium promitti juberet, et Scipio manum ad ipsam oppidi, quod obsidebatur, arcem protendens: Perendie sese sistant illo in loco,

    Gell. 7, 1, 10:

    si quis quendam in judicio sisti promiserit, in eādem causā eum debet sistere,

    Dig. 2, 11, 11:

    si servum in eādem causā sistere promiserit, et liber factus sistatur,... non recte sistitur,

    ib. 2, 9, 5:

    sed si statu liberum sisti promissum sit, in eādem causā sisti videtur, quamvis liber sistatur,

    ib. 2, 9, 6:

    cum quis in judicio sisti promiserit, neque adjecerit poenam si status non esset,

    ib. 2, 6, 4:

    si quis in judicio secundum suam promissionem non stitit,

    ib. 2, 11, 2, § 1; cf. ib. 2, 5, 1; 2, 8, 2; 2, 11, 2, § 3.—
    2.
    Vadimonium sistere, to present one's self in court, thus keeping the solemn engagement (vadimonium) made to that effect; lit., to make the vadimonium stand, i. e. effective, opp. deserere vadimonium = not to appear, to forfeit the vadimonium. The phrase does not occur in the jurists of the Pandects, the institution of the vadimonium being abolished by Marcus Aurelius. It is found in the following three places only: quid si vadimonium capite obvoluto stitisses? Cat. ap. Gell. 2, 14, 1: ut Quinctium sisti Alfenus promitteret. Venit Romam Quinctius;

    vadimonium sistit,

    Cic. Quint. 8, 30:

    ut nullum illa stiterit vadimonium sine Attico,

    Nep. Att. 9; Gai. 4, 185; cf. diem sistere under status, P. a. infra.—
    D.
    Transf., out of judicial usage, in gen., = to appear or present one's self, quasi ex vadimonio; constr. absol. or with dat. of the person entitled to demand the appearance:

    ubi tu es qui me vadatus's Veneriis vadimoniis? Sisto ego tibi me, et mihi contra itidem ted ut sistas suadeo (of a lover's appointment),

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 5; so,

    tibi amatorem illum alacrem vadimonio sistam,

    produce, App. M. 9, p. 227, 14:

    nam promisimus carnufici aut talentum magnum, aut hunc hodie sistere,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 73:

    vas factus est alter ejus sistendi, ut si ille non revertisset, moriendum esset sibi,

    Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45. —
    E.
    Fana sistere, acc. to Festus anciently used, either = to place ( secure and fix places for) temples in founding a city, or to place the couches in the lectisternia:

    sistere fana, cum in urbe condendā dicitur, significat loca in oppido futurorum fanorum constituere: quamquam Antistius Labeo, in commentario XV. juris pontificii ait fana sistere esse lectisternia certis locis et diebus habere,

    Fest. p. 267 Lind. To this usage Plaut. perh. alludes:

    apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sycophantiae,

    the place about that house I must make the scene of my tricks, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 25.—
    F.
    Sistere monumenta, etc., or sistere alone, to erect statues, etc. (= statuere; post-class. and rare;

    mostly in Tac.): ut apud Palatium effigies eorum sisteret,

    Tac. A. 15, 72:

    cum Augustus sibi templum sisti non prohibuisset,

    id. ib. 4 37:

    at Romae tropaea de Parthis arcusque sistebantur,

    id. ib. 15, 18:

    monuere ut... templum iisdem vestigiis sisteretur,

    id. H. 4, 53:

    sistere monumenta,

    Aus. Ep. 24, 55: Ast ego te... Carthaginis arce Marmoreis sistam templis (cf. histanai tina), Sil. 8, 231; v. statuo.
    II.
    Sistere = to cause what is tottering or loose to stand firm, to support or fasten; and neutr., to stand firm.
    A.
    Causative (rare;

    perh. not in class. prose) = stabilire: sucus... mobilis (dentes) sistit,

    Plin. 20, 3, 8, § 15; and trop.: hic (Marcellus) rem Romanam magno turbante tumultu Sistet (cf.: respublica stat;

    v. sto),

    Verg. A. 6, 858; cf.:

    non ita civitatem aegram esse, ut consuetis remediis sisti posset,

    Liv. 3, 20, 8 (where sisti may be impers.; v. infra, III. C.).—
    B.
    Neutr., to stand firm, to last, = stare:

    nec mortale genus, nec divum corpora sancta Exiguom possent horai sistere tempus,

    Lucr. 1, 1016: qui rem publicam sistere negat posse, nisi ad equestrem ordinem judicia referantur, Cotta ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 96, § 223.—
    2.
    Neutr., to stand firm, to resist:

    nec quicquam Teucros Sustentare valet telis, aut sistere contra,

    Verg. A. 11, 873; so with dat. = resistere:

    donec Galba, inruenti turbae neque aetate neque corpore sistens, sella levaretur,

    Tac. H. 1, 35; cf. sisti = resistere, III. B. 1. f. infra.
    III.
    Sistere = to stand still, and to cause to stand still.
    A.
    Neutr. = stare (rare; in Varr., Tac., and the poets).
    a.
    To stand still:

    solstitium dictum est quod sol eo die sistere videatur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, p. 53 (Bip.):

    sistunt amnes,

    Verg. G. 1, 479:

    incurrit, errat, sistit,

    Sen. Herc. Oet. 248.—
    b.
    To remain, stop:

    Siste! Quo praeceps ruis?

    Sen. Thyest. 77; id. Oedip. 1050:

    vis tu quidem istum intra locum sistere?

    will you remain in that position? Tac. A. 4, 40.—
    c.
    Trop., to stop, not to go any farther:

    depunge, ubi sistam,

    Pers. 6, 79:

    nec in Hectore tracto sistere,

    to stop at the dragging of Hector, Stat. Achill. 1, 7.—
    d.
    To cease (dub.):

    hactenus sistat nefas' pius est,

    if his crime ceases here, he will be pious, Sen. Thyest. 744 (perh. act., to stop, end).—
    B.
    Causative (not ante-Aug.; freq. in Tac., Plin., and the poets).
    1.
    To arrest, stop, check an advancing motion.
    a.
    With gradum:

    plano sistit uterque gradum,

    arrest their steps, Prop. 5 (4), 10, 36; Verg. A. 6, 465:

    siste properantem gradum,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 772:

    repente sistunt gradum,

    Curt. 4, 6, 14. —With pedem, Ov. R. Am. 80.—
    b.
    With fugam, to stop, stay, check, stem, arrest the flight:

    fugam foedam siste,

    Liv. 1, 12, 5:

    si periculo suo fugam sistere posset,

    id. 30, 12, 1; so Curt. 8, 14, 37; 4, 16, 2; 8, 3, 2; Tac. A. 12, 39.—
    c.
    Of vehicles, horses, etc.:

    esseda siste,

    Prop. 2, 1, 76:

    equos,

    Verg. A. 12, 355:

    quadrijugos,

    Stat. Achill. 2, 429; so id. Th. 5, 364.—
    d.
    With iter, to arrest the advance of an army, to halt:

    exercitus iter sistit,

    Tac. H. 3, 50.—
    e.
    With bellum, to halt (cf. infra, D.):

    Aquilejae sisti bellum expectarique Mucianum jubebat,

    Tac. H. 3, [p. 1712] 8.—
    f.
    Of living objects, in gen.
    (α).
    To arrest their course, make them halt:

    aegre coercitam legionem Bedriaci sistit,

    Tac. H. 2, 23:

    festinantia sistens Fata,

    staying the hurrying Fates, Stat. S. 3, 4, 24.—So, se sistere with ab, to desist from:

    non prius se ab effuso cursu sistunt,

    Liv. 6, 29, 3; hence, to arrest by wounding, i. e. to wound or kill:

    aliquem cuspide,

    Sil. 1, 382; 1, 163; so,

    cervum vulnere sistere,

    id. 2, 78.—
    (β).
    To stop a hostile attack of persons, to resist them, ward them off:

    ut non sisterent modo Sabinas legiones, sed in fugam averterent,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3:

    ibi integrae vires sistunt invehentem se jam Samnitem,

    id. 10, 14, 18:

    nec sisti vis hostium poterat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 11:

    nec sisti poterant scandentes,

    Tac. H. 3, 71; 5, 21. —
    g.
    Trop., to stop the advance of prices:

    pretia augeri in dies, nec mediocribus remediis sisti posse,

    Tac. A. 3, 52.—
    2. a.
    Of water:

    sistere aquam fluviis,

    Verg. A. 4, 489:

    amnis, siste parumper aquas,

    Ov. Am. 3, 6, 2:

    quae concita flumina sistunt,

    id. M. 7, 154:

    sistito infestum mare,

    calm, Sen. Agam. 523; cf. Ov. M. 7, 200; id. H. 6, 87; Plin. 28, 8, 29, § 118.—
    b.
    Of blood and secretions:

    (ea) quibus sistitur sanguis parari jubet,

    Tac. A. 15, 54:

    sanguinem,

    Plin. 20, 7, 25, § 59; 28, 18, 73, § 239; 27, 4, 5, § 18:

    haemorrhoidum abundantiam,

    id. 27, 4, 5, § 19:

    fluctiones,

    id. 20, 8, 27, § 71, 34, 10, 23, § 105; 35, 17, 57, § 195:

    nomas,

    id. 30, 13, 39, § 116; 24, 16, 94, § 151:

    mensis,

    id. 23, 6, 60, § 112:

    vomitiones,

    id. 20, 20, 81, § 213:

    alvum bubus,

    id. 18, 16, 42, § 143:

    alvum,

    stop the bowels, id. 23, 6, 60, § 113; 22, 25, 59, § 126; 20, 5, 18, § 37:

    ventrem,

    id. 20, 23, 96, § 256; Mart. 13, 116.—
    3.
    To arrest the motion of life, make rigid:

    ille oculos sistit,

    Stat. Th. 2, 539.—
    4.
    To end, put an end to (= finem facere alicui rei); pass., to cease:

    querelas,

    Ov. M. 7, 711:

    fletus,

    id. ib. 14, 835:

    lacrimas,

    id. F. 1, 367; 480; 6, 154:

    minas,

    id. Tr. 1, 2, 60:

    opus,

    id. H. 16 (17), 266; id. M. 3, 153:

    labores,

    id. ib. 5, 490:

    furorem,

    Stat. Th. 5, 663:

    furialem impetum,

    Sen. Med. 157; id. Agam. 203:

    pace tamen sisti bellum placet,

    Ov. M. 14, 803:

    antequam summa dies spectacula sistat,

    id. F. 4, 387:

    sitim sistere,

    to allay, id. P. 3, 1, 18:

    nec primo in limine sistit conatus scelerum,

    suppresses, Stat. S. 5, 2, 86:

    ruinas,

    to stop destruction, Plin. Pan. 50, 4:

    ventum,

    to ward off, turn the wind, id. Ep. 2, 17, 17;

    (motus terrae) non ante quadraginta dies sistuntur, = desinunt,

    Plin. 2, 82, 84, § 198.—
    5.
    Sistere with intra = to confine, keep within:

    transgresso jam Alpes Caecina, quem sisti intra Gallias posse speraverant,

    Tac. H. 2, 11:

    dum populatio lucem intra sisteretur,

    provided the raids were confined to day-time, id. A. 4, 48. —
    C.
    Impers. and trop., to arrest or avoid an impending misfortune, or to stand, i. e. to endure; generally in the form sisti non potest (more rarely: sisti potest) = it cannot be endured, a disaster cannot be avoided or met (once in Plaut.; freq. in Liv.; sometimes in Tac.; cf., in gen., Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 720; Drak. ad Liv. 3, 16, 4; Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 29, 8; Gronov. ad Liv. 4, 12, 6; Beneke ad Just. 11, 1, 6).
    1.
    Without a subject, res or a noun of general import being understood:

    quid ego nunc agam, nisi ut clipeum ad dorsum accommodem, etc.? Non sisti potest,

    it is intolerable, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 94:

    totam plebem aere alieno demersam esse, nec sisti posse nisi omnibus consulatur,

    Liv. 2, 29, 8:

    si domestica seditio adiciatur, sisti non posse,

    the situation will be desperate, id. 45, 19, 3:

    si quem similem priore anno dedissent, non potuisse sisti,

    id. 3, 9, 8:

    vixque concordiā sisti videbatur,

    that the crisis could scarcely be met, even by harmonious action, id. 3, 16, 4:

    qualicunque urbis statu, manente disciplinā militari sisti potuisse,

    these evils were endurable, id. 2, 44, 10: exercitum gravi morbo affectari, nec sisti potuisse ni, etc., it would have ended in disaster, if not, etc., id. 29, 10, 1:

    qui omnes populi si pariter deficiant, sisti nullo modo posse,

    Just. 11, 1, 6 Gronov. ad loc.; cf. Liv. 3, 20, 8 supra, II. A. 1.— Rarely with a subject-clause understood: nec jam sisti poterat, and it was no longer tolerable, i. e. that Nero should disgrace himself, etc., Tac. A. 14, 14.—
    2.
    Rarely with quin, to prevent etc. (pregn., implying also the stopping of something; cf.

    supra, III. B. 1.): neque sisti potuit quin et palatium et domus et cuncta circum haurirentur (igni),

    Tac. A. 15, 39.—Hence, stătus, a, um, P. a., as attribute of nouns, occurs in several conventional phrases, as relics of archaic usage.
    A.
    Status (condictusve) dies cum hoste, in the XII. Tables, = a day of trial fixed by the judge or agreed upon with the adversary;

    esp., a peregrinus (= hostis),

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37. It presupposes a phrase, diem sistere, prob.=vadimonium sistere (v. supra, I. C. 2.). Such an appointment was an excuse from the most important public duties, even for soldiers from joining the army, Cinc. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4.—

    Hence, transf.: si status condictus cum hoste intercedit dies, tamen est eundum quo imperant,

    i. e. under all circumstances we must go, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5.—
    B.
    In certain phrases, appointed, fixed, regular (cf. statutus, with which it is often confounded in MSS.):

    status dies: tres in anno statos dies habere quibus, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 13, 8:

    stato loco statisque diebus,

    id. 42, 32, 2; so id. 5, 52, 2; 27, 23 fin.:

    stato lustri die,

    Sen. Troad. 781:

    status sacrificii dies,

    Flor. 1, 3, 16:

    statum tempus, statā vice, etc.: lunae defectio statis temporibus fit,

    Liv. 44, 37 init.; so id. 28, 6, 10:

    stato tempore,

    Tac. A. 12, 13; id. H. 4, 81; Plin. 11, 37, 65, § 173:

    stata tempora (partus),

    Stat. Achill. 2, 673:

    adeo in illā plagā mundus statas vices temporum mutat,

    Curt. 8, 19, 13; so id. 9, 9, 9; 5, 1, 23; so, feriae, etc.: feriae statae appellabantur quod certo statutoque die observarentur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 69 Lind.:

    stata quinquennia,

    Stat. S. 5, 3, 113:

    stata sacra or sacrificia: stata sacrificia sunt quae certis diebus fieri debent,

    Fest. p. 264 Lind.:

    proficiscuntur Aeniam ad statum sacrificium,

    Liv. 40, 4, 9; 23, 35, 3; 5, 46, 2; 39, 13, 8; Cic. Mil. 17, 45:

    solemne et statum sacrificium (al. statutum),

    id. Tusc. 1, 47, 113; so Liv. 23, 35, 3:

    stata sacra,

    Ov. F. 2, 528; Stat. Th. 1, 666:

    stata foedera,

    id. ib. 11, 380:

    status flatus,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 28:

    stati cursus siderum,

    Plin. 18, 29, 69, § 291 (different: statae stellae = fixed stars, Censor. D. N. 8, belonging to II. 2. supra): statae febres, intermittent fevers, returning regularly, Plin. 28, 27, 28, § 107.—
    C.
    Moderate, average, normal:

    inter enim pulcherrimam feminam et deformissimam media forma quaedam est, quae et a nimio pulcritudinis periculo et a summo deformitatis odio vacat, qualis a Q. Ennio perquam eleganti vocabulo stata dicitur...Ennius autem eas fere feminas ait incolumi pudicitia esse quae statā formā forent,

    Gell. 5, 11, 12 -14 (v. Enn. Trag. p. 133 Vahl.).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sisto

  • 59 GREIN

    * * *
    (pl. -ir), f.
    1) branch (of a tree), division;
    2) point, head, part (í öllum greinum); í annarri g., in the second place;
    3) cause, reason; fyrir þá g., therefore;
    4) distinction; sjá grein handa, to discern one’s hands; gera grein á e-u, to explain;
    5) understanding, discernment; gløggrar greinar, sharpwitted;
    6) dissent, discord (varð mart til greina með þeim); vald fyrir utan alla g., undisputed (absolute) power.
    * * *
    f., pl. ar and ir; the mod. pl. greinar means branches, in other senses greinir: [Dan. green; Swed. gren; not found in Germ., Saxon, nor Engl.]:
    I. prop. a branch of a tree, ‘lim’ is the foliage; af hverri grein draup hunang sætt, Pass. 32. 4; vínviðar-greinir, vine branches, Stj, 200; pálma-viðar-g., a palm branch; kvíslask með stórum greinum, spread with large branches, Sks. 441, 443; þar vex fyrst upp einn bulr af rótunum, ok kvíslast síðan með mörgum greinum ok limum, 555.
    II. metaph. a branch, arm:
    1. hafs grein, an arm of the sea, Stj. 287; í sjau staði er skipat þessarar listar greinum, Alg.; vísinda grein, branch of science (Germ. fach); lærdóms-grein, branch of doctrine; sundr-skiptingar grein, subdivision, Stj. 287; tvífaldleg grein, double kind, N. G. L. ii. 352; þessi er grein ( particulars) á kaupeyris tíund, id.; sannkenningar hafa þrenna grein, Edda 122; Guð er einn í Guðdómi en þrennr í grein (of the Trinity), Fas. iii. 662; einkanligr í grein, Bs. ii. 21; allar greinir loptsins ok jarðarinnar, Edda 144 (pref.); hann greindi í tvær greinir ok tuttugu, Rb. 78; í þessi grein, on this head, in this case, Band. 11.
    β. denoting cause, reason; fyrir þá grein, therefore, Stj. 124; fyrir sagða grein, for the said reason, Mar., Sks. 682; fyrir þá (þessa) grein, Stj. 22, 23, 167, passim; finnr hann til þess þrjár greinir, Grett. 208 new Ed.; at þér upp lúkit nokkurri grein fyrir mér, at þat megi skilja, Sks. 660.
    γ. a point, head, part; meðr samri grein, under the same head, Dipl. i. 521; í annari grein, in the second place, iv. 7, Grett. 156, Fb. i. 216; með slíkri grein sem hér segir, K. Á. 82; í öllum greinum, Mk. 9; sagða grein, the said point, head, Dipl. iii. 13; í nokkurum greinum, in some points, i. 3; hverja grein, in every point, Gþl. 177; fyrir allar greinir, in all respects, Mar. 616; en er biskup vissi þessar greinir, the points, particulars (of the case), Bs. i. 727.
    2. denoting distinction, discernment, division; höggva svá títt at varla mátti grein sjá, Bret. 64; sjá grein handa, to discern one’s hands, Bs. ii. 5; fyrir utan alla grein, without exception, i. 281; hver er grein setningar háttanna, disposition of the metres, Edda 120; hljóðs grein, distinction of sound, accent, id., Skálda 182; göra grein góðs ok ills, Eluc. 20; setja glögga grein, to make a clear distinction, 677. 5; fyrir greinar sakir ( for the sake of distinction) er diphthongus fundinn í norrænu, Skálda 178; sundr-grein ok saman-setning, 177; ok veit ek þó grein allra stunda, Fms. v. 335; litlar greinir ok tengingar höfum ver konungs-málanna ór flokki yðrum, i. e. you take little notice of the king’s errand, Mork. 138; bera grein á e-t, to discern a thing, Mar.; þar kann ek at göra grein á, I can explain that, Fb. i. 419.
    β. understanding; þau (the idols) hafa enga grein, Fms. x. 232; vitr ok frábærrar greinar, xi. 429; glöggrar greinar, sharp-witted, Bs. ii. II; sumum gefsk anda-grein, spiritual discernment, Greg. 20.
    γ. a record; þessa grein konungsdóms hans ritaði fyrst Ari, this record of the king’s reign was first written by Are, Ó. H. 188; í greinum ok bóklegu námi, Mar.
    δ. a part, head, paragraph, in a book (mod.); ritningar-grein, a quotation from Scripture.
    3. denoting diversity, difference; en þó er hér, herra, grein í, Fb. ii. 78; en þó er þar grein á, hvárt …, K. Á. 124; ok voldi því grein tungna þeirra er hann var konungr yfir, Sks. 458; at grein var á trú þeirri er hvárt þeirra hafði til Guðs, 470; sú er grein á syslu biskups ok konungs, at …, 803.
    β. dissent; brátt görðusk greinir í um samþykki konunganna, Fms. vi. 185; varð mart til greina með þeim, 195; greinir ok sundrþykki, ix. 428; var þá grein mikil með fólki um konungs-tekjuna, x. 41; vald fyrir utan alla grein, power without dissent, i. e. absolute, undisputed power, Bs. i. 281; grein eða áskilnaðr, Stj. 298; en ef verri menn gengu á milli þá vóru jafnan greinir talaðar, Fb. ii. 411; urðu margar greinir með þeim Kolbeini Tumasyni, Sturl. ii. 1.
    COMPDS: greinarlaust, greinarmál, greinarmikill, greinarmunr, greinavænn.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GREIN

  • 60 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • can't make head nor tail of something — can t make head nor/or tail of (something) to not be able to understand something at all. We couldn t make head or tail of the film. What does his message say? I don t know I can t make head or tail of it …   New idioms dictionary

  • can't make head nor tail of — can t make head nor/or tail of (something) to not be able to understand something at all. We couldn t make head or tail of the film. What does his message say? I don t know I can t make head or tail of it …   New idioms dictionary

  • can't make head nor tail of something — can t make head nor ˈtail of sth idiom to be unable to understand sth • I couldn t make head nor tail of what he was saying. Main entry: ↑headidiom …   Useful english dictionary

  • can't make head nor tail of smth — understand, find meaning in something We couldn t make head nor tail of what he was trying to say during his speech …   Idioms and examples

  • can't make head or tail of something — can t make head nor/or tail of (something) to not be able to understand something at all. We couldn t make head or tail of the film. What does his message say? I don t know I can t make head or tail of it …   New idioms dictionary

  • can't make head or tail of — can t make head nor/or tail of (something) to not be able to understand something at all. We couldn t make head or tail of the film. What does his message say? I don t know I can t make head or tail of it …   New idioms dictionary

  • head nor tail — If you can t make head nor tail of something, you cannot understand it at all or make any sense of it …   The small dictionary of idiomes

  • head nor tail —    If you can t make head nor tail of something, you cannot understand it at all or make any sense of it.   (Dorking School Dictionary) …   English Idioms & idiomatic expressions

  • make neither head nor tail of — {v. phr.} To be unable to figure something out. * /This puzzle is so complicated that I can make neither head nor tail of it./ Compare: HEADS OR TAILS …   Dictionary of American idioms

  • make neither head nor tail of — {v. phr.} To be unable to figure something out. * /This puzzle is so complicated that I can make neither head nor tail of it./ Compare: HEADS OR TAILS …   Dictionary of American idioms

  • make\ neither\ head\ nor\ tail\ of — v. phr. To be unable to figure something out. This puzzle is so complicated that I can make neither head nor tail of it. Compare: heads or tails …   Словарь американских идиом

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»